diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.accessLevels.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.accessLevels.html
index fd6808c..46771be 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.accessLevels.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.accessLevels.html
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `AccessLevel` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/accessLevels/{short_name}`. The maximum length of the `short_name` component is 50 characters.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/accessLevels/{access_level}`. The maximum length of the `access_level` component is 50 characters.
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
 }
 
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `AccessLevel` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/accessLevels/{short_name}`. The maximum length of the `short_name` component is 50 characters.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/accessLevels/{access_level}`. The maximum length of the `access_level` component is 50 characters.
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `AccessLevel` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/accessLevels/{short_name}`. The maximum length of the `short_name` component is 50 characters.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/accessLevels/{access_level}`. The maximum length of the `access_level` component is 50 characters.
       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
     },
   ],
@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
   <pre>Update an Access Level. The longrunning operation from this RPC will have a successful status once the changes to the Access Level have propagated to long-lasting storage. Access Levels containing errors will result in an error response for the first error encountered.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/accessLevels/{short_name}`. The maximum length of the `short_name` component is 50 characters. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/accessLevels/{access_level}`. The maximum length of the `access_level` component is 50 characters. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `AccessLevel` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/accessLevels/{short_name}`. The maximum length of the `short_name` component is 50 characters.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/accessLevels/{access_level}`. The maximum length of the `access_level` component is 50 characters.
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
 }
 
@@ -544,7 +544,7 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `AccessLevel` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/accessLevels/{short_name}`. The maximum length of the `short_name` component is 50 characters.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the Access Level. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/accessLevels/{access_level}`. The maximum length of the `access_level` component is 50 characters.
       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable title. Must be unique within the Policy.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.html
index 78dc880..30ca577 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
 { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `AccessPolicy`. This will always be a strongly validated etag, meaning that two Access Polices will be identical if and only if their etags are identical. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}`
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}`
   &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The parent of this `AccessPolicy` in the Cloud Resource Hierarchy. Currently immutable once created. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}`
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human readable title. Does not affect behavior.
 }
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 
     { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `AccessPolicy`. This will always be a strongly validated etag, meaning that two Access Polices will be identical if and only if their etags are identical. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}`
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}`
   &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The parent of this `AccessPolicy` in the Cloud Resource Hierarchy. Currently immutable once created. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}`
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human readable title. Does not affect behavior.
 }</pre>
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@
   &quot;accessPolicies&quot;: [ # List of the AccessPolicy instances.
     { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `AccessPolicy`. This will always be a strongly validated etag, meaning that two Access Polices will be identical if and only if their etags are identical. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}`
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}`
       &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The parent of this `AccessPolicy` in the Cloud Resource Hierarchy. Currently immutable once created. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}`
       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human readable title. Does not affect behavior.
     },
@@ -260,13 +260,13 @@
   <pre>Update an AccessPolicy. The longrunning Operation from this RPC will have a successful status once the changes to the AccessPolicy have propagated to long-lasting storage. Syntactic and basic semantic errors will be returned in `metadata` as a BadRequest proto.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # `AccessPolicy` is a container for `AccessLevels` (which define the necessary attributes to use Google Cloud services) and `ServicePerimeters` (which define regions of services able to freely pass data within a perimeter). An access policy is globally visible within an organization, and the restrictions it specifies apply to all projects within an organization.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `AccessPolicy`. This will always be a strongly validated etag, meaning that two Access Polices will be identical if and only if their etags are identical. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}`
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the `AccessPolicy`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}`
   &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The parent of this `AccessPolicy` in the Cloud Resource Hierarchy. Currently immutable once created. Format: `organizations/{organization_id}`
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Human readable title. Does not affect behavior.
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
index e6a508e..e8b7f14 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/servicePerimeters/{short_name}`
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`
   &quot;perimeterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Perimeter type indicator. A single project is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
   &quot;spec&quot;: { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the &quot;use_explicit_dry_run_spec&quot; flag is set.
     &quot;accessLevels&quot;: [ # A list of `AccessLevel` resource names that allow resources within the `ServicePerimeter` to be accessed from the internet. `AccessLevels` listed must be in the same policy as this `ServicePerimeter`. Referencing a nonexistent `AccessLevel` is a syntax error. If no `AccessLevel` names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `&quot;accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL&quot;`. For Service Perimeter Bridge, must be empty.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
 
     { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/servicePerimeters/{short_name}`
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`
   &quot;perimeterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Perimeter type indicator. A single project is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
   &quot;spec&quot;: { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the &quot;use_explicit_dry_run_spec&quot; flag is set.
     &quot;accessLevels&quot;: [ # A list of `AccessLevel` resource names that allow resources within the `ServicePerimeter` to be accessed from the internet. `AccessLevels` listed must be in the same policy as this `ServicePerimeter`. Referencing a nonexistent `AccessLevel` is a syntax error. If no `AccessLevel` names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `&quot;accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL&quot;`. For Service Perimeter Bridge, must be empty.
@@ -574,7 +574,7 @@
   &quot;servicePerimeters&quot;: [ # List of the Service Perimeter instances.
     { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/servicePerimeters/{short_name}`
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`
       &quot;perimeterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Perimeter type indicator. A single project is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the &quot;use_explicit_dry_run_spec&quot; flag is set.
         &quot;accessLevels&quot;: [ # A list of `AccessLevel` resource names that allow resources within the `ServicePerimeter` to be accessed from the internet. `AccessLevels` listed must be in the same policy as this `ServicePerimeter`. Referencing a nonexistent `AccessLevel` is a syntax error. If no `AccessLevel` names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `&quot;accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL&quot;`. For Service Perimeter Bridge, must be empty.
@@ -752,13 +752,13 @@
   <pre>Update a Service Perimeter. The longrunning operation from this RPC will have a successful status once the changes to the Service Perimeter have propagated to long-lasting storage. Service Perimeter containing errors will result in an error response for the first error encountered.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/servicePerimeters/{short_name}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/servicePerimeters/{short_name}`
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`
   &quot;perimeterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Perimeter type indicator. A single project is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
   &quot;spec&quot;: { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the &quot;use_explicit_dry_run_spec&quot; flag is set.
     &quot;accessLevels&quot;: [ # A list of `AccessLevel` resource names that allow resources within the `ServicePerimeter` to be accessed from the internet. `AccessLevels` listed must be in the same policy as this `ServicePerimeter`. Referencing a nonexistent `AccessLevel` is a syntax error. If no `AccessLevel` names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `&quot;accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL&quot;`. For Service Perimeter Bridge, must be empty.
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
   &quot;servicePerimeters&quot;: [ # Required. The desired Service Perimeters that should replace all existing Service Perimeters in the Access Policy.
     { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{policy_id}/servicePerimeters/{short_name}`
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource name for the ServicePerimeter. The `short_name` component must begin with a letter and only include alphanumeric and &#x27;_&#x27;. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`
       &quot;perimeterType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Perimeter type indicator. A single project is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
       &quot;spec&quot;: { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the &quot;use_explicit_dry_run_spec&quot; flag is set.
         &quot;accessLevels&quot;: [ # A list of `AccessLevel` resource names that allow resources within the `ServicePerimeter` to be accessed from the internet. `AccessLevels` listed must be in the same policy as this `ServicePerimeter`. Referencing a nonexistent `AccessLevel` is a syntax error. If no `AccessLevel` names are listed, resources within the perimeter can only be accessed via Google Cloud calls with request origins within the perimeter. Example: `&quot;accessPolicies/MY_POLICY/accessLevels/MY_LEVEL&quot;`. For Service Perimeter Bridge, must be empty.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alertcenter_v1beta1.alerts.html b/docs/dyn/alertcenter_v1beta1.alerts.html
index c8844a1..233404d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alertcenter_v1beta1.alerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alertcenter_v1beta1.alerts.html
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@
     &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this metadata was last updated.
   },
   &quot;securityInvestigationToolLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An optional [Security Investigation Tool](https://support.google.com/a/answer/7575955) query for this alert.
-  &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for the system that reported the alert. This is output only after alert is created. Supported sources are any of the following: * Google Operations * Mobile device management * Gmail phishing * Data Loss Prevention * Domain wide takeout * State sponsored attack * Google identity
+  &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for the system that reported the alert. This is output only after alert is created. Supported sources are any of the following: * Google Operations * Mobile device management * Gmail phishing * Data Loss Prevention * Domain wide takeout * State sponsored attack * Google identity * Apps outage
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The time the event that caused this alert was started or detected.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of the alert. This is output only after alert is created. For a list of available alert types see [Google Workspace Alert types](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/alertcenter/reference/alert-types).
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this alert was last updated.
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
         &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this metadata was last updated.
       },
       &quot;securityInvestigationToolLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An optional [Security Investigation Tool](https://support.google.com/a/answer/7575955) query for this alert.
-      &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for the system that reported the alert. This is output only after alert is created. Supported sources are any of the following: * Google Operations * Mobile device management * Gmail phishing * Data Loss Prevention * Domain wide takeout * State sponsored attack * Google identity
+      &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for the system that reported the alert. This is output only after alert is created. Supported sources are any of the following: * Google Operations * Mobile device management * Gmail phishing * Data Loss Prevention * Domain wide takeout * State sponsored attack * Google identity * Apps outage
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The time the event that caused this alert was started or detected.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of the alert. This is output only after alert is created. For a list of available alert types see [Google Workspace Alert types](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/alertcenter/reference/alert-types).
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this alert was last updated.
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@
     &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this metadata was last updated.
   },
   &quot;securityInvestigationToolLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An optional [Security Investigation Tool](https://support.google.com/a/answer/7575955) query for this alert.
-  &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for the system that reported the alert. This is output only after alert is created. Supported sources are any of the following: * Google Operations * Mobile device management * Gmail phishing * Data Loss Prevention * Domain wide takeout * State sponsored attack * Google identity
+  &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for the system that reported the alert. This is output only after alert is created. Supported sources are any of the following: * Google Operations * Mobile device management * Gmail phishing * Data Loss Prevention * Domain wide takeout * State sponsored attack * Google identity * Apps outage
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The time the event that caused this alert was started or detected.
   &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of the alert. This is output only after alert is created. For a list of available alert types see [Google Workspace Alert types](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/alertcenter/reference/alert-types).
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time this alert was last updated.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
index cfbaa2e..c755cc1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html
@@ -216,9 +216,6 @@
     &quot;advancedApiOpsConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on. # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Advanced API Ops add-on is enabled.
     },
-    &quot;integrationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Integration add-on. # Configuration for the Integration add-on.
-      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Integration add-on is enabled.
-    },
     &quot;monetizationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Monetization add-on. # Configuration for the Monetization add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Monetization add-on is enabled.
     },
@@ -340,9 +337,6 @@
     &quot;advancedApiOpsConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on. # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Advanced API Ops add-on is enabled.
     },
-    &quot;integrationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Integration add-on. # Configuration for the Integration add-on.
-      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Integration add-on is enabled.
-    },
     &quot;monetizationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Monetization add-on. # Configuration for the Monetization add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Monetization add-on is enabled.
     },
@@ -517,9 +511,6 @@
     &quot;advancedApiOpsConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on. # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Advanced API Ops add-on is enabled.
     },
-    &quot;integrationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Integration add-on. # Configuration for the Integration add-on.
-      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Integration add-on is enabled.
-    },
     &quot;monetizationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Monetization add-on. # Configuration for the Monetization add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Monetization add-on is enabled.
     },
@@ -601,9 +592,6 @@
     &quot;advancedApiOpsConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on. # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Advanced API Ops add-on is enabled.
     },
-    &quot;integrationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Integration add-on. # Configuration for the Integration add-on.
-      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Integration add-on is enabled.
-    },
     &quot;monetizationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Monetization add-on. # Configuration for the Monetization add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Monetization add-on is enabled.
     },
@@ -654,9 +642,6 @@
     &quot;advancedApiOpsConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on. # Configuration for the Advanced API Ops add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Advanced API Ops add-on is enabled.
     },
-    &quot;integrationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Integration add-on. # Configuration for the Integration add-on.
-      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Integration add-on is enabled.
-    },
     &quot;monetizationConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the Monetization add-on. # Configuration for the Monetization add-on.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Flag that specifies whether the Monetization add-on is enabled.
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html
index c8b33a5..a423ce2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.instances.html
@@ -108,6 +108,9 @@
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an Apigee runtime instance. You can update the fields described in NodeConfig. No other fields will be updated. **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#reportStatus">reportStatus(instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Reports the latest status for a runtime instance.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
@@ -283,6 +286,59 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates an Apigee runtime instance. You can update the fields described in NodeConfig. No other fields will be updated. **Note:** Not supported for Apigee hybrid.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the instance. Use the following structure in your request: `organizations/{org}/instances/{instance}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Apigee runtime instance.
+  &quot;createdAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the instance was created in milliseconds since epoch.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the instance.
+  &quot;diskEncryptionKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer Managed Encryption Key (CMEK) used for disk and volume encryption. Required for Apigee paid subscriptions only. Use the following format: `projects/([^/]+)/locations/([^/]+)/keyRings/([^/]+)/cryptoKeys/([^/]+)`
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Display name for the instance.
+  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Internal hostname or IP address of the Apigee endpoint used by clients to connect to the service.
+  &quot;lastModifiedAt&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the instance was last modified in milliseconds since epoch.
+  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Compute Engine location where the instance resides.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Resource ID of the instance. Values must match the regular expression `^a-z{0,30}[a-z\d]$`.
+  &quot;peeringCidrRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Size of the CIDR block range that will be reserved by the instance. PAID organizations support `SLASH_16` to `SLASH_20` and defaults to `SLASH_16`. Evaluation organizations support only `SLASH_23`.
+  &quot;port&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Port number of the exposed Apigee endpoint.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the instance. Values other than `ACTIVE` means the resource is not ready to use.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, List of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="reportStatus">reportStatus(instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Reports the latest status for a runtime instance.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
index 4216667..794a247 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@
 
 Args:
   parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose repositories will be listed. (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of repositories to return. Maximum page size is 10,000.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of repositories to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html
index af1f683..a499854 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
 
 Args:
   parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose packages will be listed. (required)
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of packages to return. Maximum page size is 10,000.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of packages to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html
index d515bd7..119634d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.packages.versions.html
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 Args:
   parent: string, The name of the parent resource whose versions will be listed. (required)
   orderBy: string, Optional. Sorting field and order
-  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of versions to return. Maximum page size is 10,000.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of versions to return. Maximum page size is 1,000.
   pageToken: string, The next_page_token value returned from a previous list request, if any.
   view: string, The view that should be returned in the response.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
index 40b4020..61e04a2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.datasets.html
@@ -172,6 +172,7 @@
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] A hash of the resource.
   &quot;friendlyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field.
+  &quot;isCaseInsensitive&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;bigquery#dataset&quot;, # [Output-only] The resource type.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See Creating and Updating Dataset Labels for more information.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -238,6 +239,7 @@
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] A hash of the resource.
   &quot;friendlyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field.
+  &quot;isCaseInsensitive&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;bigquery#dataset&quot;, # [Output-only] The resource type.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See Creating and Updating Dataset Labels for more information.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -298,6 +300,7 @@
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] A hash of the resource.
   &quot;friendlyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field.
+  &quot;isCaseInsensitive&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;bigquery#dataset&quot;, # [Output-only] The resource type.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See Creating and Updating Dataset Labels for more information.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -415,6 +418,7 @@
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] A hash of the resource.
   &quot;friendlyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field.
+  &quot;isCaseInsensitive&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;bigquery#dataset&quot;, # [Output-only] The resource type.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See Creating and Updating Dataset Labels for more information.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -475,6 +479,7 @@
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] A hash of the resource.
   &quot;friendlyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field.
+  &quot;isCaseInsensitive&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;bigquery#dataset&quot;, # [Output-only] The resource type.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See Creating and Updating Dataset Labels for more information.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -542,6 +547,7 @@
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] A hash of the resource.
   &quot;friendlyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field.
+  &quot;isCaseInsensitive&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;bigquery#dataset&quot;, # [Output-only] The resource type.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See Creating and Updating Dataset Labels for more information.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -602,6 +608,7 @@
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] A hash of the resource.
   &quot;friendlyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] A descriptive name for the dataset.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output-only] The fully-qualified unique name of the dataset in the format projectId:datasetId. The dataset name without the project name is given in the datasetId field. When creating a new dataset, leave this field blank, and instead specify the datasetId field.
+  &quot;isCaseInsensitive&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if table names are case insensitive in the dataset.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;bigquery#dataset&quot;, # [Output-only] The resource type.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # The labels associated with this dataset. You can use these to organize and group your datasets. You can set this property when inserting or updating a dataset. See Creating and Updating Dataset Labels for more information.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
index 345a388..4c2222a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.jobs.html
@@ -236,6 +236,7 @@
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
+              &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
               &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                 # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -375,6 +376,7 @@
               &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
               &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
               &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+              &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
               &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
               &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
             },
@@ -404,6 +406,7 @@
                       &quot;A String&quot;,
                     ],
                   },
+                  &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
                   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
                   &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                     # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -596,6 +599,7 @@
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
+              &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
               &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                 # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -860,6 +864,7 @@
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
+            &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
             &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
               # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -999,6 +1004,7 @@
             &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
             &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
             &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+            &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
             &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
             &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
           },
@@ -1028,6 +1034,7 @@
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
                   ],
                 },
+                &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
                 &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
                 &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                   # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1220,6 +1227,7 @@
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
+            &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
             &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
               # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1389,6 +1397,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1553,6 +1562,7 @@
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
+            &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
             &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
               # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1692,6 +1702,7 @@
             &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
             &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
             &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+            &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
             &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
             &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
           },
@@ -1721,6 +1732,7 @@
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
                   ],
                 },
+                &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
                 &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
                 &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                   # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1913,6 +1925,7 @@
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
+            &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
             &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
               # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -2152,6 +2165,7 @@
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
+            &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
             &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
               # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -2291,6 +2305,7 @@
             &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
             &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
             &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+            &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
             &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
             &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
           },
@@ -2320,6 +2335,7 @@
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
                   ],
                 },
+                &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
                 &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
                 &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                   # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -2512,6 +2528,7 @@
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
+            &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
             &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
               # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -2774,6 +2791,7 @@
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
                   ],
                 },
+                &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
                 &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
                 &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                   # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -2913,6 +2931,7 @@
                 &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
                 &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
                 &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+                &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
                 &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
                 &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
               },
@@ -2942,6 +2961,7 @@
                         &quot;A String&quot;,
                       ],
                     },
+                    &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
                     &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
                     &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                       # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -3139,6 +3159,7 @@
                     &quot;A String&quot;,
                   ],
                 },
+                &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
                 &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
                 &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
                   # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -3381,6 +3402,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
index 8c4f73d..e19a427 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
@@ -181,6 +181,7 @@
       &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
       &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
       &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+      &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
       &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
       &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
     },
@@ -210,6 +211,7 @@
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
+          &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
             # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -303,6 +305,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -467,6 +470,7 @@
       &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
       &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
       &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+      &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
       &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
       &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
     },
@@ -496,6 +500,7 @@
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
+          &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
             # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -589,6 +594,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -694,6 +700,7 @@
       &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
       &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
       &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+      &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
       &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
       &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
     },
@@ -723,6 +730,7 @@
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
+          &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
             # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -816,6 +824,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1004,6 +1013,7 @@
       &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
       &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
       &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+      &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
       &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
       &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
     },
@@ -1033,6 +1043,7 @@
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
+          &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
             # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1126,6 +1137,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1231,6 +1243,7 @@
       &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
       &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
       &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+      &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
       &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
       &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
     },
@@ -1260,6 +1273,7 @@
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
+          &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
             # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1353,6 +1367,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1573,6 +1588,7 @@
       &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
       &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
       &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+      &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
       &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
       &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
     },
@@ -1602,6 +1618,7 @@
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
+          &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
             # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1695,6 +1712,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1800,6 +1818,7 @@
       &quot;allowQuotedNewlines&quot;: True or False, # [Optional] Indicates if BigQuery should allow quoted data sections that contain newline characters in a CSV file. The default value is false.
       &quot;encoding&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The character encoding of the data. The supported values are UTF-8 or ISO-8859-1. The default value is UTF-8. BigQuery decodes the data after the raw, binary data has been split using the values of the quote and fieldDelimiter properties.
       &quot;fieldDelimiter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The separator for fields in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. BigQuery also supports the escape sequence &quot;\t&quot; to specify a tab separator. The default value is a comma (&#x27;,&#x27;).
+      &quot;null_marker&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] An custom string that will represent a NULL value in CSV import data.
       &quot;quote&quot;: &quot;&quot;&quot;, # [Optional] The value that is used to quote data sections in a CSV file. BigQuery converts the string to ISO-8859-1 encoding, and then uses the first byte of the encoded string to split the data in its raw, binary state. The default value is a double-quote (&#x27;&quot;&#x27;). If your data does not contain quoted sections, set the property value to an empty string. If your data contains quoted newline characters, you must also set the allowQuotedNewlines property to true.
       &quot;skipLeadingRows&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The number of rows at the top of a CSV file that BigQuery will skip when reading the data. The default value is 0. This property is useful if you have header rows in the file that should be skipped. When autodetect is on, the behavior is the following: * skipLeadingRows unspecified - Autodetect tries to detect headers in the first row. If they are not detected, the row is read as data. Otherwise data is read starting from the second row. * skipLeadingRows is 0 - Instructs autodetect that there are no headers and data should be read starting from the first row. * skipLeadingRows = N &gt; 0 - Autodetect skips N-1 rows and tries to detect headers in row N. If headers are not detected, row N is just skipped. Otherwise row N is used to extract column names for the detected schema.
     },
@@ -1829,6 +1848,7 @@
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
           },
+          &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
             # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
@@ -1922,6 +1942,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
+        &quot;collationSpec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Collation specification of the field. It only can be set on string type field.
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Optional] The field description. The maximum length is 1,024 characters.
         &quot;fields&quot;: [ # [Optional] Describes the nested schema fields if the type property is set to RECORD.
           # Object with schema name: TableFieldSchema
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.android.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.android.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a591b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.android.html
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="chromemanagement_v1.html">Chrome Management API</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.html">customers</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html">apps</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.android.html">android</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Get a specific app for a customer by its resource name.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Get a specific app for a customer by its resource name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The app for which details are being queried. Examples: &quot;customers/my_customer/apps/chrome/gmbmikajjgmnabiglmofipeabaddhgne@2.1.2&quot; for the Save to Google Drive Chrome extension version 2.1.2, &quot;customers/my_customer/apps/android/com.google.android.apps.docs&quot; for the Google Drive Android app&#x27;s latest version. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Resource representing app details.
+  &quot;androidAppInfo&quot;: { # Android app information. # Output only. Android app information.
+    &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # Output only. Permissions requested by an Android app.
+      { # Permission requested by an Android app.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the permission.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique store identifier for the item. Examples: &quot;gmbmikajjgmnabiglmofipeabaddhgne&quot; for the Save to Google Drive Chrome extension, &quot;com.google.android.apps.docs&quot; for the Google Drive Android app.
+  &quot;chromeAppInfo&quot;: { # Chrome Web Store app information. # Output only. Chrome Web Store app information.
+    &quot;googleOwned&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is built and maintained by Google. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+    &quot;isCwsHosted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is in a published state in the Chrome Web Store.
+    &quot;isTheme&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is a theme.
+    &quot;minUserCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The minimum number of users using this app.
+    &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # Output only. Every custom permission requested by the app. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+      { # Permission requested by a Chrome app or extension.
+        &quot;accessUserData&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If available, whether this permissions grants the app/extension access to user data.
+        &quot;documentationUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. If available, a URI to a page that has documentation for the current permission.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the permission.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;siteAccess&quot;: [ # Output only. Every permission giving access to domains or broad host patterns. ( e.g. www.google.com). This includes the matches from content scripts as well as hosts in the permissions node of the manifest. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+      { # Represent one host permission.
+        &quot;hostMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This can contain very specific hosts, or patterns like &quot;*.com&quot; for instance.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;supportEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Output only. The app developer has enabled support for their app. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App&#x27;s description.
+  &quot;detailUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The uri for the detail page of the item.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App&#x27;s display name.
+  &quot;firstPublishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. First published time.
+  &quot;homepageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Home page or Website uri.
+  &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A link to an image that can be used as an icon for the product.
+  &quot;isPaidApp&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the app has to be paid for OR has paid content.
+  &quot;latestPublishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Latest published time.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Format: name=customers/{customer_id}/apps/{chrome|android|web}/{app_id}@{version}
+  &quot;privacyPolicyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI pointing to the privacy policy of the app, if it was provided by the developer. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+  &quot;publisher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The publisher of the item.
+  &quot;reviewNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of reviews received. Chrome Web Store review information will always be for the latest version of an app.
+  &quot;reviewRating&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The rating of the app (on 5 stars). Chrome Web Store review information will always be for the latest version of an app.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App version. A new revision is committed whenever a new version of the app is published.
+  &quot;serviceError&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Information about a partial service error if applicable.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App type.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.chrome.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.chrome.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..acc42c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.chrome.html
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="chromemanagement_v1.html">Chrome Management API</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.html">customers</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html">apps</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.chrome.html">chrome</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Get a specific app for a customer by its resource name.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Get a specific app for a customer by its resource name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The app for which details are being queried. Examples: &quot;customers/my_customer/apps/chrome/gmbmikajjgmnabiglmofipeabaddhgne@2.1.2&quot; for the Save to Google Drive Chrome extension version 2.1.2, &quot;customers/my_customer/apps/android/com.google.android.apps.docs&quot; for the Google Drive Android app&#x27;s latest version. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Resource representing app details.
+  &quot;androidAppInfo&quot;: { # Android app information. # Output only. Android app information.
+    &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # Output only. Permissions requested by an Android app.
+      { # Permission requested by an Android app.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the permission.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique store identifier for the item. Examples: &quot;gmbmikajjgmnabiglmofipeabaddhgne&quot; for the Save to Google Drive Chrome extension, &quot;com.google.android.apps.docs&quot; for the Google Drive Android app.
+  &quot;chromeAppInfo&quot;: { # Chrome Web Store app information. # Output only. Chrome Web Store app information.
+    &quot;googleOwned&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is built and maintained by Google. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+    &quot;isCwsHosted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is in a published state in the Chrome Web Store.
+    &quot;isTheme&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is a theme.
+    &quot;minUserCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The minimum number of users using this app.
+    &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # Output only. Every custom permission requested by the app. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+      { # Permission requested by a Chrome app or extension.
+        &quot;accessUserData&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If available, whether this permissions grants the app/extension access to user data.
+        &quot;documentationUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. If available, a URI to a page that has documentation for the current permission.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the permission.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;siteAccess&quot;: [ # Output only. Every permission giving access to domains or broad host patterns. ( e.g. www.google.com). This includes the matches from content scripts as well as hosts in the permissions node of the manifest. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+      { # Represent one host permission.
+        &quot;hostMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This can contain very specific hosts, or patterns like &quot;*.com&quot; for instance.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;supportEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Output only. The app developer has enabled support for their app. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App&#x27;s description.
+  &quot;detailUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The uri for the detail page of the item.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App&#x27;s display name.
+  &quot;firstPublishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. First published time.
+  &quot;homepageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Home page or Website uri.
+  &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A link to an image that can be used as an icon for the product.
+  &quot;isPaidApp&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the app has to be paid for OR has paid content.
+  &quot;latestPublishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Latest published time.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Format: name=customers/{customer_id}/apps/{chrome|android|web}/{app_id}@{version}
+  &quot;privacyPolicyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI pointing to the privacy policy of the app, if it was provided by the developer. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+  &quot;publisher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The publisher of the item.
+  &quot;reviewNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of reviews received. Chrome Web Store review information will always be for the latest version of an app.
+  &quot;reviewRating&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The rating of the app (on 5 stars). Chrome Web Store review information will always be for the latest version of an app.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App version. A new revision is committed whenever a new version of the app is published.
+  &quot;serviceError&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Information about a partial service error if applicable.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App type.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..afccf9a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="chromemanagement_v1.html">Chrome Management API</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.html">customers</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html">apps</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.android.html">android()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the android Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.chrome.html">chrome()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the chrome Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.web.html">web()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the web Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.web.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.web.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..adb6cd1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.web.html
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="chromemanagement_v1.html">Chrome Management API</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.html">customers</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html">apps</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.web.html">web</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Get a specific app for a customer by its resource name.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Get a specific app for a customer by its resource name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The app for which details are being queried. Examples: &quot;customers/my_customer/apps/chrome/gmbmikajjgmnabiglmofipeabaddhgne@2.1.2&quot; for the Save to Google Drive Chrome extension version 2.1.2, &quot;customers/my_customer/apps/android/com.google.android.apps.docs&quot; for the Google Drive Android app&#x27;s latest version. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Resource representing app details.
+  &quot;androidAppInfo&quot;: { # Android app information. # Output only. Android app information.
+    &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # Output only. Permissions requested by an Android app.
+      { # Permission requested by an Android app.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the permission.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique store identifier for the item. Examples: &quot;gmbmikajjgmnabiglmofipeabaddhgne&quot; for the Save to Google Drive Chrome extension, &quot;com.google.android.apps.docs&quot; for the Google Drive Android app.
+  &quot;chromeAppInfo&quot;: { # Chrome Web Store app information. # Output only. Chrome Web Store app information.
+    &quot;googleOwned&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is built and maintained by Google. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+    &quot;isCwsHosted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is in a published state in the Chrome Web Store.
+    &quot;isTheme&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the app or extension is a theme.
+    &quot;minUserCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The minimum number of users using this app.
+    &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # Output only. Every custom permission requested by the app. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+      { # Permission requested by a Chrome app or extension.
+        &quot;accessUserData&quot;: True or False, # Output only. If available, whether this permissions grants the app/extension access to user data.
+        &quot;documentationUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. If available, a URI to a page that has documentation for the current permission.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The type of the permission.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;siteAccess&quot;: [ # Output only. Every permission giving access to domains or broad host patterns. ( e.g. www.google.com). This includes the matches from content scripts as well as hosts in the permissions node of the manifest. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+      { # Represent one host permission.
+        &quot;hostMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This can contain very specific hosts, or patterns like &quot;*.com&quot; for instance.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;supportEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Output only. The app developer has enabled support for their app. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App&#x27;s description.
+  &quot;detailUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The uri for the detail page of the item.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App&#x27;s display name.
+  &quot;firstPublishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. First published time.
+  &quot;homepageUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Home page or Website uri.
+  &quot;iconUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A link to an image that can be used as an icon for the product.
+  &quot;isPaidApp&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates if the app has to be paid for OR has paid content.
+  &quot;latestPublishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Latest published time.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Format: name=customers/{customer_id}/apps/{chrome|android|web}/{app_id}@{version}
+  &quot;privacyPolicyUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The URI pointing to the privacy policy of the app, if it was provided by the developer. Version-specific field that will only be set when the requested app version is found.
+  &quot;publisher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The publisher of the item.
+  &quot;reviewNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of reviews received. Chrome Web Store review information will always be for the latest version of an app.
+  &quot;reviewRating&quot;: 3.14, # Output only. The rating of the app (on 5 stars). Chrome Web Store review information will always be for the latest version of an app.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App version. A new revision is committed whenever a new version of the app is published.
+  &quot;serviceError&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # Output only. Information about a partial service error if applicable.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. App type.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html
index 1cddff2..c32b79f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html
@@ -75,6 +75,11 @@
 <h1><a href="chromemanagement_v1.html">Chrome Management API</a> . <a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.html">customers</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.apps.html">apps()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the apps Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="chromemanagement_v1.customers.reports.html">reports()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the reports Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
index 29739ab..784049d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, assetTypes=None, contentType=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readTime=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, assetTypes=None, contentType=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readTime=None, relationshipTypes=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists assets with time and resource types and returns paged results in response.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, assetTypes=None, contentType=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readTime=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, assetTypes=None, contentType=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, readTime=None, relationshipTypes=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists assets with time and resource types and returns paged results in response.
 
 Args:
@@ -104,9 +104,11 @@
       ORG_POLICY - The Cloud Organization Policy set on an asset.
       ACCESS_POLICY - The Cloud Access context manager Policy set on an asset.
       OS_INVENTORY - The runtime OS Inventory information.
+      RELATIONSHIP - The related resources.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of assets to be returned in a single response. Default is 100, minimum is 1, and maximum is 1000.
   pageToken: string, The `next_page_token` returned from the previous `ListAssetsResponse`, or unspecified for the first `ListAssetsRequest`. It is a continuation of a prior `ListAssets` call, and the API should return the next page of assets.
   readTime: string, Timestamp to take an asset snapshot. This can only be set to a timestamp between the current time and the current time minus 35 days (inclusive). If not specified, the current time will be used. Due to delays in resource data collection and indexing, there is a volatile window during which running the same query may get different results.
+  relationshipTypes: string, A list of relationship types to output, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it snapshots specified relationships. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_types] or if any of the [asset_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it snapshots the supported relationships for all [asset_types] or returns an error if any of the [asset_types] has no relationship support. An unspecified asset types field means all supported asset_types. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types. (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -235,7 +237,7 @@
           &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Version of the `Policy`. Default version is 0;
         },
       ],
-      &quot;osInventory&quot;: { # The inventory details of a VM. # A representation of runtime OS Inventory information. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management) for more information.
+      &quot;osInventory&quot;: { # This API resource represents the available inventory data for a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance at a given point in time. You can use this API resource to determine the inventory data of your VM. For more information, see [Information provided by OS inventory management](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management#data-collected). # A representation of runtime OS Inventory information. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management) for more information.
         &quot;items&quot;: { # Inventory items related to the VM keyed by an opaque unique identifier for each inventory item. The identifier is unique to each distinct and addressable inventory item and will change, when there is a new package version.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A single piece of inventory on a VM.
             &quot;availablePackage&quot;: { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package available to be installed on the VM instance.
@@ -363,6 +365,7 @@
             &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When this inventory item was last modified.
           },
         },
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The `Inventory` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/inventory`
         &quot;osInfo&quot;: { # Operating system information for the VM. # Base level operating system information for the VM.
           &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture of the operating system.
           &quot;hostname&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VM hostname.
@@ -373,6 +376,24 @@
           &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operating system short name. For example, &#x27;windows&#x27; or &#x27;debian&#x27;.
           &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the operating system.
         },
+        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Timestamp of the last reported inventory for the VM.
+      },
+      &quot;relatedAssets&quot;: { # The detailed related assets with the `relationship_type`. # The related assets of the asset of one relationship type. One asset only represents one type of relationship.
+        &quot;assets&quot;: [ # The peer resources of the relationship.
+          { # An asset identify in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+            &quot;ancestors&quot;: [ # The ancestors of an asset in Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), represented as a list of relative resource names. An ancestry path starts with the closest ancestor in the hierarchy and ends at root. Example: `[&quot;projects/123456789&quot;, &quot;folders/5432&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234&quot;]`
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;asset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the asset. Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my_project_123/zones/zone1/instances/instance1` See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name) for more information.
+            &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;relationshipAttributes&quot;: { # The relationship attributes which include `type`, `source_resource_type`, `target_resource_type` and `action`. # The detailed relationship attributes.
+          &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The detail of the relationship, e.g. `contains`, `attaches`
+          &quot;sourceResourceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source asset type. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`
+          &quot;targetResourceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target asset type. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the relationship type. Example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`
+        },
       },
       &quot;resource&quot;: { # A representation of a Google Cloud resource. # A representation of the resource.
         &quot;data&quot;: { # The content of the resource, in which some sensitive fields are removed and may not be present.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.feeds.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.feeds.html
index de42d80..11c9332 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.feeds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.feeds.html
@@ -128,6 +128,9 @@
       },
     },
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The format will be projects/{project_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or folders/{folder_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or organizations/{organization_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} The client-assigned feed identifier must be unique within the parent project/folder/organization.
+    &quot;relationshipTypes&quot;: [ # A list of relationship types to output, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it outputs specified relationship updates on the [asset_names] or the [asset_types]. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_names] or [asset_types], or any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it outputs the supported relationships of the types of [asset_names] and [asset_types] or returns an error if any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] has no replationship support. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
   },
   &quot;feedId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. This is the client-assigned asset feed identifier and it needs to be unique under a specific parent project/folder/organization.
 }
@@ -160,6 +163,9 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The format will be projects/{project_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or folders/{folder_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or organizations/{organization_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} The client-assigned feed identifier must be unique within the parent project/folder/organization.
+  &quot;relationshipTypes&quot;: [ # A list of relationship types to output, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it outputs specified relationship updates on the [asset_names] or the [asset_types]. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_names] or [asset_types], or any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it outputs the supported relationships of the types of [asset_names] and [asset_types] or returns an error if any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] has no replationship support. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -215,6 +221,9 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The format will be projects/{project_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or folders/{folder_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or organizations/{organization_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} The client-assigned feed identifier must be unique within the parent project/folder/organization.
+  &quot;relationshipTypes&quot;: [ # A list of relationship types to output, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it outputs specified relationship updates on the [asset_names] or the [asset_types]. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_names] or [asset_types], or any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it outputs the supported relationships of the types of [asset_names] and [asset_types] or returns an error if any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] has no replationship support. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -254,6 +263,9 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The format will be projects/{project_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or folders/{folder_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or organizations/{organization_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} The client-assigned feed identifier must be unique within the parent project/folder/organization.
+      &quot;relationshipTypes&quot;: [ # A list of relationship types to output, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it outputs specified relationship updates on the [asset_names] or the [asset_types]. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_names] or [asset_types], or any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it outputs the supported relationships of the types of [asset_names] and [asset_types] or returns an error if any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] has no replationship support. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -289,6 +301,9 @@
       },
     },
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The format will be projects/{project_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or folders/{folder_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or organizations/{organization_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} The client-assigned feed identifier must be unique within the parent project/folder/organization.
+    &quot;relationshipTypes&quot;: [ # A list of relationship types to output, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it outputs specified relationship updates on the [asset_names] or the [asset_types]. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_names] or [asset_types], or any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it outputs the supported relationships of the types of [asset_names] and [asset_types] or returns an error if any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] has no replationship support. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
   },
   &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Only updates the `feed` fields indicated by this mask. The field mask must not be empty, and it must not contain fields that are immutable or only set by the server.
 }
@@ -321,6 +336,9 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The format will be projects/{project_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or folders/{folder_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} or organizations/{organization_number}/feeds/{client-assigned_feed_identifier} The client-assigned feed identifier must be unique within the parent project/folder/organization.
+  &quot;relationshipTypes&quot;: [ # A list of relationship types to output, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it outputs specified relationship updates on the [asset_names] or the [asset_types]. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_names] or [asset_types], or any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it outputs the supported relationships of the types of [asset_names] and [asset_types] or returns an error if any of the [asset_names] or the [asset_types] has no replationship support. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index d49acda..5f21c7f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
   <code><a href="#analyzeMove">analyzeMove(resource, destinationParent=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Analyze moving a resource to a specified destination without kicking off the actual move. The analysis is best effort depending on the user's permissions of viewing different hierarchical policies and configurations. The policies and configuration are subject to change before the actual resource migration takes place.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#batchGetAssetsHistory">batchGetAssetsHistory(parent, assetNames=None, contentType=None, readTimeWindow_endTime=None, readTimeWindow_startTime=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#batchGetAssetsHistory">batchGetAssetsHistory(parent, assetNames=None, contentType=None, readTimeWindow_endTime=None, readTimeWindow_startTime=None, relationshipTypes=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Batch gets the update history of assets that overlap a time window. For IAM_POLICY content, this API outputs history when the asset and its attached IAM POLICY both exist. This can create gaps in the output history. Otherwise, this API outputs history with asset in both non-delete or deleted status. If a specified asset does not exist, this API returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
@@ -477,7 +477,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="batchGetAssetsHistory">batchGetAssetsHistory(parent, assetNames=None, contentType=None, readTimeWindow_endTime=None, readTimeWindow_startTime=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="batchGetAssetsHistory">batchGetAssetsHistory(parent, assetNames=None, contentType=None, readTimeWindow_endTime=None, readTimeWindow_startTime=None, relationshipTypes=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Batch gets the update history of assets that overlap a time window. For IAM_POLICY content, this API outputs history when the asset and its attached IAM POLICY both exist. This can create gaps in the output history. Otherwise, this API outputs history with asset in both non-delete or deleted status. If a specified asset does not exist, this API returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
 
 Args:
@@ -491,8 +491,10 @@
       ORG_POLICY - The Cloud Organization Policy set on an asset.
       ACCESS_POLICY - The Cloud Access context manager Policy set on an asset.
       OS_INVENTORY - The runtime OS Inventory information.
+      RELATIONSHIP - The related resources.
   readTimeWindow_endTime: string, End time of the time window (inclusive). If not specified, the current timestamp is used instead.
   readTimeWindow_startTime: string, Start time of the time window (exclusive).
+  relationshipTypes: string, Optional. A list of relationship types to output, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it outputs specified relationships&#x27; history on the [asset_names]. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_names] or if any of the [asset_names]&#x27;s types doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it outputs the supported relationships&#x27; history on the [asset_names] or returns an error if any of the [asset_names]&#x27;s types has no relationship support. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types. (repeated)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -622,7 +624,7 @@
             &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Version of the `Policy`. Default version is 0;
           },
         ],
-        &quot;osInventory&quot;: { # The inventory details of a VM. # A representation of runtime OS Inventory information. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management) for more information.
+        &quot;osInventory&quot;: { # This API resource represents the available inventory data for a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance at a given point in time. You can use this API resource to determine the inventory data of your VM. For more information, see [Information provided by OS inventory management](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management#data-collected). # A representation of runtime OS Inventory information. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management) for more information.
           &quot;items&quot;: { # Inventory items related to the VM keyed by an opaque unique identifier for each inventory item. The identifier is unique to each distinct and addressable inventory item and will change, when there is a new package version.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A single piece of inventory on a VM.
               &quot;availablePackage&quot;: { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package available to be installed on the VM instance.
@@ -750,6 +752,7 @@
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When this inventory item was last modified.
             },
           },
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The `Inventory` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/inventory`
           &quot;osInfo&quot;: { # Operating system information for the VM. # Base level operating system information for the VM.
             &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture of the operating system.
             &quot;hostname&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VM hostname.
@@ -760,6 +763,24 @@
             &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operating system short name. For example, &#x27;windows&#x27; or &#x27;debian&#x27;.
             &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the operating system.
           },
+          &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Timestamp of the last reported inventory for the VM.
+        },
+        &quot;relatedAssets&quot;: { # The detailed related assets with the `relationship_type`. # The related assets of the asset of one relationship type. One asset only represents one type of relationship.
+          &quot;assets&quot;: [ # The peer resources of the relationship.
+            { # An asset identify in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+              &quot;ancestors&quot;: [ # The ancestors of an asset in Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), represented as a list of relative resource names. An ancestry path starts with the closest ancestor in the hierarchy and ends at root. Example: `[&quot;projects/123456789&quot;, &quot;folders/5432&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234&quot;]`
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;asset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the asset. Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my_project_123/zones/zone1/instances/instance1` See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name) for more information.
+              &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;relationshipAttributes&quot;: { # The relationship attributes which include `type`, `source_resource_type`, `target_resource_type` and `action`. # The detailed relationship attributes.
+            &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The detail of the relationship, e.g. `contains`, `attaches`
+            &quot;sourceResourceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source asset type. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`
+            &quot;targetResourceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target asset type. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the relationship type. Example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`
+          },
         },
         &quot;resource&quot;: { # A representation of a Google Cloud resource. # A representation of the resource.
           &quot;data&quot;: { # The content of the resource, in which some sensitive fields are removed and may not be present.
@@ -1050,7 +1071,7 @@
             &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Version of the `Policy`. Default version is 0;
           },
         ],
-        &quot;osInventory&quot;: { # The inventory details of a VM. # A representation of runtime OS Inventory information. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management) for more information.
+        &quot;osInventory&quot;: { # This API resource represents the available inventory data for a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance at a given point in time. You can use this API resource to determine the inventory data of your VM. For more information, see [Information provided by OS inventory management](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management#data-collected). # A representation of runtime OS Inventory information. See [this topic](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management) for more information.
           &quot;items&quot;: { # Inventory items related to the VM keyed by an opaque unique identifier for each inventory item. The identifier is unique to each distinct and addressable inventory item and will change, when there is a new package version.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A single piece of inventory on a VM.
               &quot;availablePackage&quot;: { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package available to be installed on the VM instance.
@@ -1178,6 +1199,7 @@
               &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When this inventory item was last modified.
             },
           },
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The `Inventory` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/inventory`
           &quot;osInfo&quot;: { # Operating system information for the VM. # Base level operating system information for the VM.
             &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture of the operating system.
             &quot;hostname&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VM hostname.
@@ -1188,6 +1210,24 @@
             &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operating system short name. For example, &#x27;windows&#x27; or &#x27;debian&#x27;.
             &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the operating system.
           },
+          &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Timestamp of the last reported inventory for the VM.
+        },
+        &quot;relatedAssets&quot;: { # The detailed related assets with the `relationship_type`. # The related assets of the asset of one relationship type. One asset only represents one type of relationship.
+          &quot;assets&quot;: [ # The peer resources of the relationship.
+            { # An asset identify in Google Cloud which contains its name, type and ancestors. An asset can be any resource in the Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), a resource outside the Google Cloud resource hierarchy (such as Google Kubernetes Engine clusters and objects), or a policy (e.g. Cloud IAM policy). See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+              &quot;ancestors&quot;: [ # The ancestors of an asset in Google Cloud [resource hierarchy](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/cloud-platform-resource-hierarchy), represented as a list of relative resource names. An ancestry path starts with the closest ancestor in the hierarchy and ends at root. Example: `[&quot;projects/123456789&quot;, &quot;folders/5432&quot;, &quot;organizations/1234&quot;]`
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;asset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full name of the asset. Example: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my_project_123/zones/zone1/instances/instance1` See [Resource names](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/resource_names#full_resource_name) for more information.
+              &quot;assetType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the asset. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk` See [Supported asset types](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/supported-asset-types) for more information.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;relationshipAttributes&quot;: { # The relationship attributes which include `type`, `source_resource_type`, `target_resource_type` and `action`. # The detailed relationship attributes.
+            &quot;action&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The detail of the relationship, e.g. `contains`, `attaches`
+            &quot;sourceResourceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source asset type. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Instance`
+            &quot;targetResourceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The target asset type. Example: `compute.googleapis.com/Disk`
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the relationship type. Example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`
+          },
         },
         &quot;resource&quot;: { # A representation of a Google Cloud resource. # A representation of the resource.
           &quot;data&quot;: { # The content of the resource, in which some sensitive fields are removed and may not be present.
@@ -1404,6 +1444,9 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;readTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp to take an asset snapshot. This can only be set to a timestamp between the current time and the current time minus 35 days (inclusive). If not specified, the current time will be used. Due to delays in resource data collection and indexing, there is a volatile window during which running the same query may get different results.
+  &quot;relationshipTypes&quot;: [ # A list of relationship types to export, for example: `INSTANCE_TO_INSTANCEGROUP`. This field should only be specified if content_type=RELATIONSHIP. * If specified: it snapshots specified relationships. It returns an error if any of the [relationship_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the supported relationship types of the [asset_types] or if any of the [asset_types] doesn&#x27;t belong to the source types of the [relationship_types]. * Otherwise: it snapshots the supported relationships for all [asset_types] or returns an error if any of the [asset_types] has no relationship support. An unspecified asset types field means all supported asset_types. See [Introduction to Cloud Asset Inventory](https://cloud.google.com/asset-inventory/docs/overview) for all supported asset types and relationship types.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.v1.html
index d71ac40..ed124eb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.v1.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#webhook">webhook(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#webhook">webhook(body=None, webhookKey=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">ReceiveWebhook is called when the API receives a GitHub webhook.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="webhook">webhook(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="webhook">webhook(body=None, webhookKey=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>ReceiveWebhook is called when the API receives a GitHub webhook.
 
 Args:
@@ -104,6 +104,7 @@
   ],
 }
 
+  webhookKey: string, For GitHub Enterprise webhooks, this key is used to associate the webhook request with the GitHubEnterpriseConfig to use for validation.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
index b0f1ab6..5207435 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.channelPartnerLinks.customers.html
@@ -87,6 +87,9 @@
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the requested Customer resource. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required request parameters are missing or invalid. * NOT_FOUND: The customer resource doesn't exist. Usually the result of an invalid name parameter. Return value: The Customer resource.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Imports a Customer from the Cloud Identity associated with the provided Cloud Identity ID or domain before a TransferEntitlements call. If a linked Customer already exists and overwrite_if_exists is true, it will update that Customer's data. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * NOT_FOUND: Cloud Identity doesn't exist or was deleted. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required parameters are missing, or the auth_token is expired or invalid. * ALREADY_EXISTS: A customer already exists and has conflicting critical fields. Requires an overwrite. Return value: The Customer.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">List Customers. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required request parameters are missing or invalid. Return value: List of Customers, or an empty list if there are no customers.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -306,6 +309,84 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Imports a Customer from the Cloud Identity associated with the provided Cloud Identity ID or domain before a TransferEntitlements call. If a linked Customer already exists and overwrite_if_exists is true, it will update that Customer&#x27;s data. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * NOT_FOUND: Cloud Identity doesn&#x27;t exist or was deleted. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required parameters are missing, or the auth_token is expired or invalid. * ALREADY_EXISTS: A customer already exists and has conflicting critical fields. Requires an overwrite. Return value: The Customer.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the reseller&#x27;s account. Parent takes the format: accounts/{account_id} or accounts/{account_id}/channelPartnerLinks/{channel_partner_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for CloudChannelService.ImportCustomer
+  &quot;authToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The super admin of the resold customer generates this token to authorize a reseller to access their Cloud Identity and purchase entitlements on their behalf. You can omit this token after authorization. See https://support.google.com/a/answer/7643790 for more details.
+  &quot;channelPartnerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Cloud Identity ID of a channel partner who will be the direct reseller for the customer&#x27;s order. This field is required for 2-tier transfer scenarios and can be provided via the request Parent binding as well.
+  &quot;cloudIdentityId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Customer&#x27;s Cloud Identity ID
+  &quot;customer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the customer that will receive imported Cloud Identity information. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}
+  &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Customer domain.
+  &quot;overwriteIfExists&quot;: True or False, # Required. Choose to overwrite an existing customer if found. This must be set to true if there is an existing customer with a conflicting region code or domain.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Entity representing a customer of a reseller or distributor.
+  &quot;alternateEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Secondary contact email. You need to provide an alternate email to create different domains if a primary contact email already exists. Users will receive a notification with credentials when you create an admin.google.com account. Secondary emails are also recovery email addresses. Alternate emails are optional when you create Team customers.
+  &quot;channelPartnerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Identity ID of the customer&#x27;s channel partner. Populated only if a channel partner exists for this customer.
+  &quot;cloudIdentityId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The customer&#x27;s Cloud Identity ID if the customer has a Cloud Identity resource.
+  &quot;cloudIdentityInfo&quot;: { # Cloud Identity information for the Cloud Channel Customer. # Output only. Cloud Identity information for the customer. Populated only if a Cloud Identity account exists for this customer.
+    &quot;adminConsoleUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. URI of Customer&#x27;s Admin console dashboard.
+    &quot;alternateEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternate email.
+    &quot;customerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CustomerType indicates verification type needed for using services.
+    &quot;eduData&quot;: { # Required Edu Attributes # Edu information about the customer.
+      &quot;instituteSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the institute.
+      &quot;instituteType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Designated institute type of customer.
+      &quot;website&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Web address for the edu customer&#x27;s institution.
+    },
+    &quot;isDomainVerified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the domain is verified. This field is not returned for a Customer&#x27;s cloud_identity_info resource. Partners can use the domains.get() method of the Workspace SDK&#x27;s Directory API, or listen to the PRIMARY_DOMAIN_VERIFIED Pub/Sub event in to track domain verification of their resolve Workspace customers.
+    &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language code.
+    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Phone number associated with the Cloud Identity.
+    &quot;primaryDomain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The primary domain name.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the customer was created.
+  &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The customer&#x27;s primary domain. Must match the primary contact email&#x27;s domain.
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}
+  &quot;orgDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents.
+  &quot;orgPostalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer&#x27;s language, use the Customer-level language code.
+    &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
+    &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+    &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+    &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (e.g. &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (e.g. Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
+    &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+  },
+  &quot;primaryContactInfo&quot;: { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The customer account contact&#x27;s display name, formatted as a combination of the customer&#x27;s first and last name.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer account&#x27;s contact email. Required for entitlements that create admin.google.com accounts, and serves as the customer&#x27;s username for those accounts. Use this email to invite Team customers.
+    &quot;firstName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer account contact&#x27;s first name. Optional for Team customers.
+    &quot;lastName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer account contact&#x27;s last name. Optional for Team customers.
+    &quot;phone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer account&#x27;s contact phone number.
+    &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The customer account contact&#x27;s job title.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the customer was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>List Customers. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required request parameters are missing or invalid. Return value: List of Customers, or an empty list if there are no customers.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
index 7743755..211df65 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
@@ -92,6 +92,9 @@
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the requested Customer resource. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required request parameters are missing or invalid. * NOT_FOUND: The customer resource doesn't exist. Usually the result of an invalid name parameter. Return value: The Customer resource.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Imports a Customer from the Cloud Identity associated with the provided Cloud Identity ID or domain before a TransferEntitlements call. If a linked Customer already exists and overwrite_if_exists is true, it will update that Customer's data. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * NOT_FOUND: Cloud Identity doesn't exist or was deleted. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required parameters are missing, or the auth_token is expired or invalid. * ALREADY_EXISTS: A customer already exists and has conflicting critical fields. Requires an overwrite. Return value: The Customer.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">List Customers. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required request parameters are missing or invalid. Return value: List of Customers, or an empty list if there are no customers.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -332,6 +335,84 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="import_">import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Imports a Customer from the Cloud Identity associated with the provided Cloud Identity ID or domain before a TransferEntitlements call. If a linked Customer already exists and overwrite_if_exists is true, it will update that Customer&#x27;s data. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * NOT_FOUND: Cloud Identity doesn&#x27;t exist or was deleted. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required parameters are missing, or the auth_token is expired or invalid. * ALREADY_EXISTS: A customer already exists and has conflicting critical fields. Requires an overwrite. Return value: The Customer.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the reseller&#x27;s account. Parent takes the format: accounts/{account_id} or accounts/{account_id}/channelPartnerLinks/{channel_partner_id} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for CloudChannelService.ImportCustomer
+  &quot;authToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The super admin of the resold customer generates this token to authorize a reseller to access their Cloud Identity and purchase entitlements on their behalf. You can omit this token after authorization. See https://support.google.com/a/answer/7643790 for more details.
+  &quot;channelPartnerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Cloud Identity ID of a channel partner who will be the direct reseller for the customer&#x27;s order. This field is required for 2-tier transfer scenarios and can be provided via the request Parent binding as well.
+  &quot;cloudIdentityId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Customer&#x27;s Cloud Identity ID
+  &quot;customer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Specifies the customer that will receive imported Cloud Identity information. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}
+  &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Customer domain.
+  &quot;overwriteIfExists&quot;: True or False, # Required. Choose to overwrite an existing customer if found. This must be set to true if there is an existing customer with a conflicting region code or domain.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Entity representing a customer of a reseller or distributor.
+  &quot;alternateEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Secondary contact email. You need to provide an alternate email to create different domains if a primary contact email already exists. Users will receive a notification with credentials when you create an admin.google.com account. Secondary emails are also recovery email addresses. Alternate emails are optional when you create Team customers.
+  &quot;channelPartnerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Identity ID of the customer&#x27;s channel partner. Populated only if a channel partner exists for this customer.
+  &quot;cloudIdentityId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The customer&#x27;s Cloud Identity ID if the customer has a Cloud Identity resource.
+  &quot;cloudIdentityInfo&quot;: { # Cloud Identity information for the Cloud Channel Customer. # Output only. Cloud Identity information for the customer. Populated only if a Cloud Identity account exists for this customer.
+    &quot;adminConsoleUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. URI of Customer&#x27;s Admin console dashboard.
+    &quot;alternateEmail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alternate email.
+    &quot;customerType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # CustomerType indicates verification type needed for using services.
+    &quot;eduData&quot;: { # Required Edu Attributes # Edu information about the customer.
+      &quot;instituteSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Size of the institute.
+      &quot;instituteType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Designated institute type of customer.
+      &quot;website&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Web address for the edu customer&#x27;s institution.
+    },
+    &quot;isDomainVerified&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Whether the domain is verified. This field is not returned for a Customer&#x27;s cloud_identity_info resource. Partners can use the domains.get() method of the Workspace SDK&#x27;s Directory API, or listen to the PRIMARY_DOMAIN_VERIFIED Pub/Sub event in to track domain verification of their resolve Workspace customers.
+    &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Language code.
+    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Phone number associated with the Cloud Identity.
+    &quot;primaryDomain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The primary domain name.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the customer was created.
+  &quot;domain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The customer&#x27;s primary domain. Must match the primary contact email&#x27;s domain.
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The BCP-47 language code, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see https://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Resource name of the customer. Format: accounts/{account_id}/customers/{customer_id}
+  &quot;orgDisplayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the organization that the customer entity represents.
+  &quot;orgPostalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The organization address for the customer. To enforce US laws and embargoes, we require a region and zip code. You must provide valid addresses for every customer. To set the customer&#x27;s language, use the Customer-level language code.
+    &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
+    &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+    &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+    &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
+    &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+    &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (e.g. &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (e.g. Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
+    &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+  },
+  &quot;primaryContactInfo&quot;: { # Contact information for a customer account. # Primary contact info.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The customer account contact&#x27;s display name, formatted as a combination of the customer&#x27;s first and last name.
+    &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer account&#x27;s contact email. Required for entitlements that create admin.google.com accounts, and serves as the customer&#x27;s username for those accounts. Use this email to invite Team customers.
+    &quot;firstName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer account contact&#x27;s first name. Optional for Team customers.
+    &quot;lastName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer account contact&#x27;s last name. Optional for Team customers.
+    &quot;phone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customer account&#x27;s contact phone number.
+    &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The customer account contact&#x27;s job title.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time when the customer was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>List Customers. Possible error codes: * PERMISSION_DENIED: The reseller account making the request is different from the reseller account in the API request. * INVALID_ARGUMENT: Required request parameters are missing or invalid. Return value: List of Customers, or an empty list if there are no customers.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html
index 8e3d8f9..0c07cbb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -83,6 +83,9 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#generateRandomBytes">generateRandomBytes(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Generate random bytes using the Cloud KMS randomness source in the provided location.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets information about a location.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -98,6 +101,34 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="generateRandomBytes">generateRandomBytes(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Generate random bytes using the Cloud KMS randomness source in the provided location.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, The project-specific location in which to generate random bytes. For example, &quot;projects/my-project/locations/us-central1&quot;. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for KeyManagementService.GenerateRandomBytes.
+  &quot;lengthBytes&quot;: 42, # The length in bytes of the amount of randomness to retrieve. Minimum 8 bytes, maximum 1024 bytes.
+  &quot;protectionLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ProtectionLevel to use when generating the random data. Defaults to SOFTWARE.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for KeyManagementService.GenerateRandomBytes.
+  &quot;data&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The generated data.
+  &quot;dataCrc32c&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Integrity verification field. A CRC32C checksum of the returned GenerateRandomBytesResponse.data. An integrity check of GenerateRandomBytesResponse.data can be performed by computing the CRC32C checksum of GenerateRandomBytesResponse.data and comparing your results to this field. Discard the response in case of non-matching checksum values, and perform a limited number of retries. A persistent mismatch may indicate an issue in your computation of the CRC32C checksum. Note: This field is defined as int64 for reasons of compatibility across different languages. However, it is a non-negative integer, which will never exceed 2^32-1, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Gets information about a location.
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
index 22e5f14..89cc420 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.html
@@ -132,6 +132,8 @@
 
 { # A CryptoKey represents a logical key that can be used for cryptographic operations. A CryptoKey is made up of zero or more versions, which represent the actual key material used in cryptographic operations.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CryptoKey was created.
+  &quot;destroyScheduledDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 24 hours.
+  &quot;importOnly&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels with user-defined metadata. For more information, see [Labeling Keys](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/labeling-keys).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
@@ -188,6 +190,8 @@
 
     { # A CryptoKey represents a logical key that can be used for cryptographic operations. A CryptoKey is made up of zero or more versions, which represent the actual key material used in cryptographic operations.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CryptoKey was created.
+  &quot;destroyScheduledDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 24 hours.
+  &quot;importOnly&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels with user-defined metadata. For more information, see [Labeling Keys](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/labeling-keys).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
@@ -315,6 +319,8 @@
 
     { # A CryptoKey represents a logical key that can be used for cryptographic operations. A CryptoKey is made up of zero or more versions, which represent the actual key material used in cryptographic operations.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CryptoKey was created.
+  &quot;destroyScheduledDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 24 hours.
+  &quot;importOnly&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels with user-defined metadata. For more information, see [Labeling Keys](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/labeling-keys).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
@@ -434,6 +440,8 @@
   &quot;cryptoKeys&quot;: [ # The list of CryptoKeys.
     { # A CryptoKey represents a logical key that can be used for cryptographic operations. A CryptoKey is made up of zero or more versions, which represent the actual key material used in cryptographic operations.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CryptoKey was created.
+      &quot;destroyScheduledDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 24 hours.
+      &quot;importOnly&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only.
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels with user-defined metadata. For more information, see [Labeling Keys](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/labeling-keys).
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
@@ -508,6 +516,8 @@
 
 { # A CryptoKey represents a logical key that can be used for cryptographic operations. A CryptoKey is made up of zero or more versions, which represent the actual key material used in cryptographic operations.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CryptoKey was created.
+  &quot;destroyScheduledDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 24 hours.
+  &quot;importOnly&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels with user-defined metadata. For more information, see [Labeling Keys](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/labeling-keys).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
@@ -563,6 +573,8 @@
 
     { # A CryptoKey represents a logical key that can be used for cryptographic operations. A CryptoKey is made up of zero or more versions, which represent the actual key material used in cryptographic operations.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CryptoKey was created.
+  &quot;destroyScheduledDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 24 hours.
+  &quot;importOnly&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels with user-defined metadata. For more information, see [Labeling Keys](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/labeling-keys).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
@@ -746,6 +758,8 @@
 
     { # A CryptoKey represents a logical key that can be used for cryptographic operations. A CryptoKey is made up of zero or more versions, which represent the actual key material used in cryptographic operations.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this CryptoKey was created.
+  &quot;destroyScheduledDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The period of time that versions of this key spend in the DESTROY_SCHEDULED state before transitioning to DESTROYED. If not specified at creation time, the default duration is 24 hours.
+  &quot;importOnly&quot;: True or False, # Immutable. Whether this key may contain imported versions only.
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels with user-defined metadata. For more information, see [Labeling Keys](https://cloud.google.com/kms/docs/labeling-keys).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
index 9fc7677..b47a47f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/composer_v1beta1.projects.locations.environments.html
@@ -177,6 +177,7 @@
     },
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
+      &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster. # Optional. The IPAllocationPolicy fields for the GKE cluster.
         &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. Specify either `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
@@ -203,6 +204,7 @@
       &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4ReservedRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The IP range reserved for the tenant project&#x27;s Cloud Composer network. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
       &quot;cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from web_server_ipv4_cidr_block
       &quot;enablePrivateEnvironment&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
+      &quot;enablePrivatelyUsedPublicIps&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`.
       &quot;privateClusterConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
         &quot;enablePrivateEndpoint&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, access to the public endpoint of the GKE cluster is denied.
         &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IPv4 range for GKE master will be reserved. If left blank, the default value of &#x27;172.16.0.0/23&#x27; is used.
@@ -364,6 +366,7 @@
     },
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
+      &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster. # Optional. The IPAllocationPolicy fields for the GKE cluster.
         &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. Specify either `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
@@ -390,6 +393,7 @@
       &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4ReservedRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The IP range reserved for the tenant project&#x27;s Cloud Composer network. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
       &quot;cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from web_server_ipv4_cidr_block
       &quot;enablePrivateEnvironment&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
+      &quot;enablePrivatelyUsedPublicIps&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`.
       &quot;privateClusterConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
         &quot;enablePrivateEndpoint&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, access to the public endpoint of the GKE cluster is denied.
         &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IPv4 range for GKE master will be reserved. If left blank, the default value of &#x27;172.16.0.0/23&#x27; is used.
@@ -492,6 +496,7 @@
         },
         &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
           &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
+          &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
           &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster. # Optional. The IPAllocationPolicy fields for the GKE cluster.
             &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
             &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. Specify either `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
@@ -518,6 +523,7 @@
           &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4ReservedRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The IP range reserved for the tenant project&#x27;s Cloud Composer network. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
           &quot;cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from web_server_ipv4_cidr_block
           &quot;enablePrivateEnvironment&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
+          &quot;enablePrivatelyUsedPublicIps&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`.
           &quot;privateClusterConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
             &quot;enablePrivateEndpoint&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, access to the public endpoint of the GKE cluster is denied.
             &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IPv4 range for GKE master will be reserved. If left blank, the default value of &#x27;172.16.0.0/23&#x27; is used.
@@ -628,6 +634,7 @@
     },
     &quot;nodeConfig&quot;: { # The configuration information for the Kubernetes Engine nodes running the Apache Airflow software. # The configuration used for the Kubernetes Engine cluster.
       &quot;diskSizeGb&quot;: 42, # Optional. The disk size in GB used for node VMs. Minimum size is 20GB. If unspecified, defaults to 100GB. Cannot be updated. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
+      &quot;enableIpMasqAgent&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Deploys &#x27;ip-masq-agent&#x27; daemon set in the GKE cluster and defines nonMasqueradeCIDRs equals to pod IP range so IP masquerading is used for all destination addresses, except between pods traffic. See: https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/how-to/ip-masquerade-agent
       &quot;ipAllocationPolicy&quot;: { # Configuration for controlling how IPs are allocated in the GKE cluster. # Optional. The IPAllocationPolicy fields for the GKE cluster.
         &quot;clusterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The IP address range used to allocate IP addresses to pods in the cluster. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. Set to blank to have GKE choose a range with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have GKE choose a range with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) from the RFC-1918 private networks (e.g. `10.0.0.0/8`, `172.16.0.0/12`, `192.168.0.0/16`) to pick a specific range to use. Specify `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both.
         &quot;clusterSecondaryRangeName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the cluster&#x27;s secondary range used to allocate IP addresses to pods. Specify either `cluster_secondary_range_name` or `cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` but not both. This field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true. For Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*, this field is applicable only when `use_ip_aliases` is true.
@@ -654,6 +661,7 @@
       &quot;cloudComposerNetworkIpv4ReservedRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The IP range reserved for the tenant project&#x27;s Cloud Composer network. This field is supported for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-2.*.*-airflow-*.*.* and newer.
       &quot;cloudSqlIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IP range in tenant project will be reserved for Cloud SQL. Needs to be disjoint from web_server_ipv4_cidr_block
       &quot;enablePrivateEnvironment&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, a Private IP Cloud Composer environment is created. If this field is set to true, `IPAllocationPolicy.use_ip_aliases` must be set to true for Cloud Composer environments in versions composer-1.*.*-airflow-*.*.*.
+      &quot;enablePrivatelyUsedPublicIps&quot;: True or False, # Optional. When enabled, IPs from public (non-RFC1918) ranges can be used for `IPAllocationPolicy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block` and `IPAllocationPolicy.service_ipv4_cidr_block`.
       &quot;privateClusterConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the private GKE cluster in a Cloud Composer environment. # Optional. Configuration for the private GKE cluster for a Private IP Cloud Composer environment.
         &quot;enablePrivateEndpoint&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If `true`, access to the public endpoint of the GKE cluster is denied.
         &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The CIDR block from which IPv4 range for GKE master will be reserved. If left blank, the default value of &#x27;172.16.0.0/23&#x27; is used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d405fd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the projects Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+  <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+        Args:
+          callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+            form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+            request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+            third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+            error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+            occurred.
+
+        Returns:
+          A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+        </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..517e91b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the locations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fde9011
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.html
@@ -0,0 +1,488 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html">conversations</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.html">analyses</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an analysis. The long running operation is done when the analysis has completed.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an analysis.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an analysis.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists analyses.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an analysis. The long running operation is done when the analysis has completed.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the analysis. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The analysis resource.
+  &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+    &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+      &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+        { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+          &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+            &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+            &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+          &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+            &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+            &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+          },
+          &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+          },
+          &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+            &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+          },
+          &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+          },
+          &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+          &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+            &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+          &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+          &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+          &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+            &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+        &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+        &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+          { # Information about the issue.
+            &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+            &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+          &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+        { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+          &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+          &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+            &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+  &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes an analysis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the analysis to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets an analysis.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the analysis to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The analysis resource.
+  &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+    &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+      &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+        { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+          &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+            &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+            &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+          &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+            &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+            &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+          },
+          &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+          },
+          &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+            &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+          },
+          &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+          },
+          &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+          &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+            &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+          &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+          &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+          &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+            &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+        &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+        &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+          { # Information about the issue.
+            &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+            &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+          &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+        { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+          &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+          &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+            &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+            &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+  &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists analyses.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the analyses. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for querying conversations with specific properties.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of analyses to return in the response. If this value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListAnalysesResponse`; indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListAnalyses` call and the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response to list analyses.
+  &quot;analyses&quot;: [ # The analyses that match the request.
+    { # The analysis resource.
+      &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+        &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+          &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+            { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+              &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+                &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+                &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+              },
+              &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+                &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+                &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+              },
+              &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+              &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+                &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+                &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+                  &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                  &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+                },
+                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+              },
+              &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+              },
+              &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+                &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+              },
+              &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+              },
+              &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+                &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+                &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+              },
+              &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+              &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+              &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+            &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+            &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+              { # Information about the issue.
+                &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+              &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+            { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+              &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+              &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+      &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bf74afb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1525 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html">conversations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.analyses.html">analyses()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the analyses Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#calculateStats">calculateStats(location, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets conversation statistics.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, conversationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a conversation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a conversation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a conversation.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists conversations.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a conversation.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="calculateStats">calculateStats(location, filter=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets conversation statistics.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The location of the conversations. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response for calculating conversation statistics.
+  &quot;averageDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The average duration of all conversations. The average is calculated using only conversations that have a time duration.
+  &quot;averageTurnCount&quot;: 42, # The average number of turns per conversation.
+  &quot;conversationCount&quot;: 42, # The total number of conversations.
+  &quot;conversationCountTimeSeries&quot;: { # A time series representing conversations over time. # A time series representing the count of conversations created over time that match that requested filter criteria.
+    &quot;intervalDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The duration of each interval.
+    &quot;points&quot;: [ # An ordered list of intervals from earliest to latest, where each interval represents the number of conversations that transpired during the time window.
+      { # A single interval in a time series.
+        &quot;conversationCount&quot;: 42, # The number of conversations created in this interval.
+        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of this interval.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;customHighlighterMatches&quot;: { # A map associating each custom highlighter resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: 42,
+  },
+  &quot;issueMatches&quot;: { # A map associating each issue resource name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations. Key has the format: `projects//locations//issueModels//issues/`
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: 42,
+  },
+  &quot;smartHighlighterMatches&quot;: { # A map associating each smart highlighter display name with its respective number of matches in the set of conversations.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: 42,
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, conversationId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a conversation.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the conversation. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The conversation resource.
+  &quot;agentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
+  &quot;callMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
+    &quot;agentChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
+    &quot;customerChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
+  &quot;dataSource&quot;: { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
+    &quot;dialogflowSource&quot;: { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;dialogflowConversation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+    },
+    &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;transcriptUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;dialogflowIntents&quot;: { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
+  &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
+  &quot;latestAnalysis&quot;: { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation&#x27;s latest analysis, if one exists.
+    &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+      &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+        &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+            &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+            &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+              &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+              &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+            },
+            &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+            },
+            &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+              &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+            },
+            &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+            },
+            &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+              &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+            },
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+            &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+          &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+          &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+            { # Information about the issue.
+              &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+    },
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+    &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+  },
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+  &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+      &quot;annotationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
+      &quot;answerFeedback&quot;: { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
+        &quot;clicked&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
+        &quot;correctnessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The correctness level of an answer.
+        &quot;displayed&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
+      },
+      &quot;articleSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article title.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article URI.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this annotation was created.
+      &quot;dialogflowInteraction&quot;: { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;dialogflowIntentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+      },
+      &quot;endBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+      &quot;faqAnswer&quot;: { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
+        &quot;answer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}.
+        &quot;question&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The corresponding FAQ question.
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
+      },
+      &quot;smartComposeSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the suggestion.
+      },
+      &quot;smartReply&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;reply&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the reply.
+      },
+      &quot;startBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the conversation started.
+  &quot;transcript&quot;: { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
+    &quot;transcriptSegments&quot;: [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
+      { # A segment of a full transcript.
+        &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from &#x27;1&#x27; to &#x27;N&#x27;. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
+        &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+        },
+        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
+        &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
+          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
+            &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+            &quot;endOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;startOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;word&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
+  &quot;turnCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
+}
+
+  conversationId: string, A unique ID for the new conversation. This ID will become the final component of the conversation&#x27;s resource name. If no ID is specified, a server-generated ID will be used. This value should be 4-32 characters and must match the regular expression /^[a-z0-9-]{4,32}$/. Valid characters are /a-z-/
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The conversation resource.
+  &quot;agentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
+  &quot;callMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
+    &quot;agentChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
+    &quot;customerChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
+  &quot;dataSource&quot;: { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
+    &quot;dialogflowSource&quot;: { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;dialogflowConversation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+    },
+    &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;transcriptUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;dialogflowIntents&quot;: { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
+  &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
+  &quot;latestAnalysis&quot;: { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation&#x27;s latest analysis, if one exists.
+    &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+      &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+        &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+            &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+            &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+              &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+              &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+            },
+            &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+            },
+            &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+              &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+            },
+            &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+            },
+            &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+              &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+            },
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+            &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+          &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+          &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+            { # Information about the issue.
+              &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+    },
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+    &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+  },
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+  &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+      &quot;annotationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
+      &quot;answerFeedback&quot;: { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
+        &quot;clicked&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
+        &quot;correctnessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The correctness level of an answer.
+        &quot;displayed&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
+      },
+      &quot;articleSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article title.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article URI.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this annotation was created.
+      &quot;dialogflowInteraction&quot;: { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;dialogflowIntentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+      },
+      &quot;endBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+      &quot;faqAnswer&quot;: { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
+        &quot;answer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}.
+        &quot;question&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The corresponding FAQ question.
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
+      },
+      &quot;smartComposeSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the suggestion.
+      },
+      &quot;smartReply&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;reply&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the reply.
+      },
+      &quot;startBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the conversation started.
+  &quot;transcript&quot;: { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
+    &quot;transcriptSegments&quot;: [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
+      { # A segment of a full transcript.
+        &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from &#x27;1&#x27; to &#x27;N&#x27;. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
+        &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+        },
+        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
+        &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
+          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
+            &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+            &quot;endOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;startOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;word&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
+  &quot;turnCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes a conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the conversation to delete. (required)
+  force: boolean, If set to true, all of this conversation&#x27;s analyses will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only succeed if the conversation has no analyses.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the conversation to get. (required)
+  view: string, The level of details of the conversation. Default is `FULL`.
+    Allowed values
+      CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest.
+      BASIC - Transcript field is not populated in the response.
+      FULL - All fields are populated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The conversation resource.
+  &quot;agentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
+  &quot;callMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
+    &quot;agentChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
+    &quot;customerChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
+  &quot;dataSource&quot;: { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
+    &quot;dialogflowSource&quot;: { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;dialogflowConversation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+    },
+    &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;transcriptUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;dialogflowIntents&quot;: { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
+  &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
+  &quot;latestAnalysis&quot;: { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation&#x27;s latest analysis, if one exists.
+    &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+      &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+        &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+            &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+            &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+              &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+              &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+            },
+            &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+            },
+            &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+              &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+            },
+            &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+            },
+            &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+              &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+            },
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+            &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+          &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+          &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+            { # Information about the issue.
+              &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+    },
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+    &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+  },
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+  &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+      &quot;annotationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
+      &quot;answerFeedback&quot;: { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
+        &quot;clicked&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
+        &quot;correctnessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The correctness level of an answer.
+        &quot;displayed&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
+      },
+      &quot;articleSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article title.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article URI.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this annotation was created.
+      &quot;dialogflowInteraction&quot;: { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;dialogflowIntentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+      },
+      &quot;endBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+      &quot;faqAnswer&quot;: { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
+        &quot;answer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}.
+        &quot;question&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The corresponding FAQ question.
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
+      },
+      &quot;smartComposeSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the suggestion.
+      },
+      &quot;smartReply&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;reply&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the reply.
+      },
+      &quot;startBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the conversation started.
+  &quot;transcript&quot;: { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
+    &quot;transcriptSegments&quot;: [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
+      { # A segment of a full transcript.
+        &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from &#x27;1&#x27; to &#x27;N&#x27;. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
+        &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+        },
+        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
+        &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
+          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
+            &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+            &quot;endOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;startOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;word&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
+  &quot;turnCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists conversations.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the conversation. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for querying conversations with specific properties.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of conversations to return in the response. If this value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListConversationsResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListConversations` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  view: string, The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`.
+    Allowed values
+      CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest.
+      BASIC - Transcript field is not populated in the response.
+      FULL - All fields are populated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response of listing conversations.
+  &quot;conversations&quot;: [ # The conversations that match the request.
+    { # The conversation resource.
+      &quot;agentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
+      &quot;callMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
+        &quot;agentChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
+        &quot;customerChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
+      &quot;dataSource&quot;: { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
+        &quot;dialogflowSource&quot;: { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
+          &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+          &quot;dialogflowConversation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+        },
+        &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
+          &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+          &quot;transcriptUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;dialogflowIntents&quot;: { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
+      &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
+      &quot;latestAnalysis&quot;: { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation&#x27;s latest analysis, if one exists.
+        &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+          &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+            &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+              { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+                &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+                  &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+                  &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+                },
+                &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+                  &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+                  &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+                },
+                &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+                &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+                  &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+                  &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+                    &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                    &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+                  },
+                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+                },
+                &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+                },
+                &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+                  &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+                },
+                &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+                },
+                &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+                  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+                  &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+                },
+                &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+                  &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                  &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+                },
+                &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+                &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+                &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+                  &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+                },
+                &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+                &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+                  &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                  &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+                },
+                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+              },
+            },
+            &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+                &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+                &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+              },
+            },
+            &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+              &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+              &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+                { # Information about the issue.
+                  &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+                  &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+                &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+                &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+              },
+            },
+            &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+              { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+                &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+                &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+                  &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                  &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+        },
+        &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+        &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+      },
+      &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+      &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+        { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+          &quot;annotationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
+          &quot;answerFeedback&quot;: { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
+            &quot;clicked&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
+            &quot;correctnessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The correctness level of an answer.
+            &quot;displayed&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
+          },
+          &quot;articleSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
+            &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+            &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
+            &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article title.
+            &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article URI.
+          },
+          &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this annotation was created.
+          &quot;dialogflowInteraction&quot;: { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
+            &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+            &quot;dialogflowIntentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+          },
+          &quot;endBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+            &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+          &quot;faqAnswer&quot;: { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
+            &quot;answer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
+            &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}.
+            &quot;question&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The corresponding FAQ question.
+            &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
+          },
+          &quot;smartComposeSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
+            &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+            &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the suggestion.
+          },
+          &quot;smartReply&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
+            &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+            &quot;reply&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the reply.
+          },
+          &quot;startBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+            &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+            &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the conversation started.
+      &quot;transcript&quot;: { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
+        &quot;transcriptSegments&quot;: [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
+          { # A segment of a full transcript.
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from &#x27;1&#x27; to &#x27;N&#x27;. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
+            &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+            &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
+            &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
+              &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+              &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+            },
+            &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
+            &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
+              { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
+                &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+                &quot;endOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+                &quot;startOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+                &quot;word&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;ttl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
+      &quot;turnCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates a conversation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The conversation resource.
+  &quot;agentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
+  &quot;callMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
+    &quot;agentChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
+    &quot;customerChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
+  &quot;dataSource&quot;: { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
+    &quot;dialogflowSource&quot;: { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;dialogflowConversation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+    },
+    &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;transcriptUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;dialogflowIntents&quot;: { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
+  &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
+  &quot;latestAnalysis&quot;: { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation&#x27;s latest analysis, if one exists.
+    &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+      &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+        &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+            &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+            &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+              &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+              &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+            },
+            &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+            },
+            &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+              &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+            },
+            &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+            },
+            &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+              &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+            },
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+            &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+          &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+          &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+            { # Information about the issue.
+              &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+    },
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+    &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+  },
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+  &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+      &quot;annotationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
+      &quot;answerFeedback&quot;: { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
+        &quot;clicked&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
+        &quot;correctnessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The correctness level of an answer.
+        &quot;displayed&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
+      },
+      &quot;articleSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article title.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article URI.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this annotation was created.
+      &quot;dialogflowInteraction&quot;: { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;dialogflowIntentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+      },
+      &quot;endBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+      &quot;faqAnswer&quot;: { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
+        &quot;answer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}.
+        &quot;question&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The corresponding FAQ question.
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
+      },
+      &quot;smartComposeSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the suggestion.
+      },
+      &quot;smartReply&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;reply&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the reply.
+      },
+      &quot;startBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the conversation started.
+  &quot;transcript&quot;: { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
+    &quot;transcriptSegments&quot;: [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
+      { # A segment of a full transcript.
+        &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from &#x27;1&#x27; to &#x27;N&#x27;. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
+        &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+        },
+        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
+        &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
+          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
+            &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+            &quot;endOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;startOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;word&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
+  &quot;turnCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The conversation resource.
+  &quot;agentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque, user-specified string representing the human agent who handled the conversation.
+  &quot;callMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata. # Call-specific metadata.
+    &quot;agentChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the agent.
+    &quot;customerChannel&quot;: 42, # The audio channel that contains the customer.
+  },
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the conversation was created.
+  &quot;dataSource&quot;: { # The conversation source, which is a combination of transcript and audio. # The source of the audio and transcription for the conversation.
+    &quot;dialogflowSource&quot;: { # A Dialogflow source of conversation data. # The source when the conversation comes from Dialogflow.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;dialogflowConversation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the Dialogflow conversation that this conversation resource is derived from. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+    },
+    &quot;gcsSource&quot;: { # A Cloud Storage source of conversation data. # A Cloud Storage location specification for the audio and transcript.
+      &quot;audioUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation audio.
+      &quot;transcriptUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Cloud Storage URI that points to a file that contains the conversation transcript.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;dialogflowIntents&quot;: { # Output only. All the matched Dialogflow intents in the call. The key corresponds to a Dialogflow intent, format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a Dialogflow intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, e.g. MAKES_PROMISE.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The duration of the conversation.
+  &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this conversation should expire. After this time, the conversation data and any associated analyses will be deleted.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # A map for the user to specify any custom fields. A maximum of 20 labels per conversation is allowed, with a maximum of 256 characters per entry.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A user-specified language code for the conversation.
+  &quot;latestAnalysis&quot;: { # The analysis resource. # Output only. The conversation&#x27;s latest analysis, if one exists.
+    &quot;analysisResult&quot;: { # The result of an analysis. # Output only. The result of the analysis, which is populated when the analysis finishes.
+      &quot;callAnalysisMetadata&quot;: { # Call-specific metadata created during analysis. # Call-specific metadata created by the analysis.
+        &quot;annotations&quot;: [ # A list of call annotations that apply to this call.
+          { # A piece of metadata that applies to a window of a call.
+            &quot;annotationEndBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;annotationStartBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+              &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+              &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+            },
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio where the annotation occurs. For single-channel audio, this field is not populated.
+            &quot;entityMentionData&quot;: { # The data for an entity mention annotation. This represents a mention of an `Entity` in the conversation. # Data specifying an entity mention.
+              &quot;entityUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key of this entity in conversation entities. Can be used to retrieve the exact `Entity` this mention is attached to.
+              &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Sentiment expressed for this mention of the entity.
+                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+                &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the entity mention.
+            },
+            &quot;holdData&quot;: { # The data for a hold annotation. # Data specifying a hold.
+            },
+            &quot;intentMatchData&quot;: { # The data for an intent match. Represents an intent match for a text segment in the conversation. A text segment can be part of a sentence, a complete sentence, or an utterance with multiple sentences. # Data specifying an intent match.
+              &quot;intentUniqueId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The id of the matched intent. Can be used to retrieve the corresponding intent information.
+            },
+            &quot;interruptionData&quot;: { # The data for an interruption annotation. # Data specifying an interruption.
+            },
+            &quot;phraseMatchData&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match. # Data specifying a phrase match.
+              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+              &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+            },
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;silenceData&quot;: { # The data for a silence annotation. # Data specifying silence.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;entities&quot;: { # All the entities in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an entity annotation. Represents a phrase in the conversation that is a known entity, such as a person, an organization, or location.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the entity.
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Metadata associated with the entity. For most entity types, the metadata is a Wikipedia URL (`wikipedia_url`) and Knowledge Graph MID (`mid`), if they are available. For the metadata associated with other entity types, see the Type table below.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;salience&quot;: 3.14, # The salience score associated with the entity in the [0, 1.0] range. The salience score for an entity provides information about the importance or centrality of that entity to the entire document text. Scores closer to 0 are less salient, while scores closer to 1.0 are highly salient.
+            &quot;sentiment&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # The aggregate sentiment expressed for this entity in the conversation.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The entity type.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;intents&quot;: { # All the matched intents in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for an intent. Represents a detected intent in the conversation, for example MAKES_PROMISE.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the intent.
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the intent.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;issueModelResult&quot;: { # Issue Modeling result on a conversation. # Overall conversation-level issue modeling result.
+          &quot;issueModel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue model that generates the result.
+          &quot;issues&quot;: [ # All the matched issues.
+            { # Information about the issue.
+              &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of the assigned issue.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # Score indicating the likelihood of the issue assignment. currently bounded on [0,1].
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: { # All the matched phrase matchers in the call.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The data for a matched phrase matcher. Represents information identifying a phrase matcher for a given match.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+            &quot;phraseMatcher&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier (the resource name) of the phrase matcher.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;sentiments&quot;: [ # Overall conversation-level sentiment for each channel of the call.
+          { # One channel of conversation-level sentiment data.
+            &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # The channel of the audio that the data applies to.
+            &quot;sentimentData&quot;: { # The data for a sentiment annotation. # Data specifying sentiment.
+              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # A non-negative number from 0 to infinity which represents the abolute magnitude of sentiment regardless of score.
+              &quot;score&quot;: 3.14, # The sentiment score between -1.0 (negative) and 1.0 (positive).
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the analysis ended.
+    },
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was created, which occurs when the long-running operation completes.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
+    &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
+  },
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
+  &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+    { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
+      &quot;annotationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation}
+      &quot;answerFeedback&quot;: { # The feedback that the customer has about a certain answer in the conversation. # The feedback that the customer has about the answer in `data`.
+        &quot;clicked&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was clicked by the human agent.
+        &quot;correctnessLevel&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The correctness level of an answer.
+        &quot;displayed&quot;: True or False, # Indicates whether an answer or item was displayed to the human agent in the agent desktop UI.
+      },
+      &quot;articleSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data. # Agent Assist Article Suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this article is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Article Suggestion and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article title.
+        &quot;uri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Article URI.
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which this annotation was created.
+      &quot;dialogflowInteraction&quot;: { # Dialogflow interaction data. # Dialogflow interaction data.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # The confidence of the match ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;dialogflowIntentId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Dialogflow intent resource path. Format: projects/{project}/agent/{agent}/intents/{intent}
+      },
+      &quot;endBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation ends, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+      &quot;faqAnswer&quot;: { # Agent Assist frequently-asked-question answer data. # Agent Assist FAQ answer data.
+        &quot;answer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The piece of text from the `source` knowledge base document.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this answer is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the FAQ answer and the document that it originates from.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}.
+        &quot;question&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The corresponding FAQ question.
+        &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The knowledge document that this answer was extracted from. Format: projects/{project}/knowledgeBases/{knowledge_base}/documents/{document}.
+      },
+      &quot;smartComposeSuggestion&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data. # Agent Assist Smart Compose suggestion data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this suggestion is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Compose suggestion and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;suggestion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the suggestion.
+      },
+      &quot;smartReply&quot;: { # Agent Assist Smart Reply data. # Agent Assist Smart Reply data.
+        &quot;confidenceScore&quot;: 3.14, # The system&#x27;s confidence score that this reply is a good match for this conversation, ranging from 0.0 (completely uncertain) to 1.0 (completely certain).
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Map that contains metadata about the Smart Reply and the document from which it originates.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;queryRecord&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the query record. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/queryRecords/{query_record}
+        &quot;reply&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The content of the reply.
+      },
+      &quot;startBoundary&quot;: { # A point in a conversation that marks the start or the end of an annotation. # The boundary in the conversation where the annotation starts, inclusive.
+        &quot;transcriptIndex&quot;: 42, # The index in the sequence of transcribed pieces of the conversation where the boundary is located. This index starts at zero.
+        &quot;wordIndex&quot;: 42, # The word index of this boundary with respect to the first word in the transcript piece. This index starts at zero.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time at which the conversation started.
+  &quot;transcript&quot;: { # A message representing the transcript of a conversation. # Output only. The conversation transcript.
+    &quot;transcriptSegments&quot;: [ # A list of sequential transcript segments that comprise the conversation.
+      { # A segment of a full transcript.
+        &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # For conversations derived from multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the audio from that channel. For audioChannelCount = N, its output values can range from &#x27;1&#x27; to &#x27;N&#x27;. A channel tag of 0 indicates that the audio is mono.
+        &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this segment. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+        &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The language code of this segment as a [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag. Example: &quot;en-US&quot;.
+        &quot;segmentParticipant&quot;: { # The call participant speaking for a given utterance. # The participant of this segment.
+          &quot;dialogflowParticipant&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Dialogflow participant. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/participants/{participant}
+          &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role of the participant.
+        },
+        &quot;text&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this segment.
+        &quot;words&quot;: [ # A list of the word-specific information for each word in the segment.
+          { # Word-level info for words in a transcript.
+            &quot;confidence&quot;: 3.14, # A confidence estimate between 0.0 and 1.0 of the fidelity of this word. A default value of 0.0 indicates that the value is unset.
+            &quot;endOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the end of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;startOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time offset of the start of this word relative to the beginning of the total conversation.
+            &quot;word&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The word itself. Includes punctuation marks that surround the word.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;ttl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Input only. The TTL for this resource. If specified, then this TTL will be used to calculate the expire time.
+  &quot;turnCount&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of turns in the conversation.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the conversation was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a093cd3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,193 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html">conversations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the conversations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.insightsdata.html">insightsdata()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the insightsdata Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html">issueModels()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the issueModels Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html">operations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html">phraseMatchers()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the phraseMatchers Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getSettings">getSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets project-level settings.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#updateSettings">updateSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates project-level settings.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getSettings">getSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets project-level settings.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the settings resource to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The settings resource.
+  &quot;analysisConfig&quot;: { # Default configuration when creating Analyses in Insights. # Default analysis settings.
+    &quot;runtimeIntegrationAnalysisPercentage&quot;: 3.14, # Percentage of conversations created using Dialogflow runtime integration to analyze automatically, between [0, 100].
+  },
+  &quot;conversationTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default TTL for newly-created conversations. If a conversation has a specified expiration, that value will be used instead. Changing this value will not change the expiration of existing conversations. Conversations with no expire time persist until they are deleted.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings was created.
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if it is neither specified on the segment nor here.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings
+  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings were last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="updateSettings">updateSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates project-level settings.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The settings resource.
+  &quot;analysisConfig&quot;: { # Default configuration when creating Analyses in Insights. # Default analysis settings.
+    &quot;runtimeIntegrationAnalysisPercentage&quot;: 3.14, # Percentage of conversations created using Dialogflow runtime integration to analyze automatically, between [0, 100].
+  },
+  &quot;conversationTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default TTL for newly-created conversations. If a conversation has a specified expiration, that value will be used instead. Changing this value will not change the expiration of existing conversations. Conversations with no expire time persist until they are deleted.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings was created.
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if it is neither specified on the segment nor here.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings
+  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings were last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The settings resource.
+  &quot;analysisConfig&quot;: { # Default configuration when creating Analyses in Insights. # Default analysis settings.
+    &quot;runtimeIntegrationAnalysisPercentage&quot;: 3.14, # Percentage of conversations created using Dialogflow runtime integration to analyze automatically, between [0, 100].
+  },
+  &quot;conversationTtl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default TTL for newly-created conversations. If a conversation has a specified expiration, that value will be used instead. Changing this value will not change the expiration of existing conversations. Conversations with no expire time persist until they are deleted.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings was created.
+  &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A language code to be applied to each transcript segment unless the segment already specifies a language code. Language code defaults to &quot;en-US&quot; if it is neither specified on the segment nor here.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the settings resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/settings
+  &quot;pubsubNotificationSettings&quot;: { # A map that maps a notification trigger to a Pub/Sub topic. Each time a specified trigger occurs, Insights will notify the corresponding Pub/Sub topic. Keys are notification triggers. Supported keys are: * &quot;all-triggers&quot;: Notify each time any of the supported triggers occurs. * &quot;create-analysis&quot;: Notify each time an analysis is created. * &quot;create-conversation&quot;: Notify each time a conversation is created. * &quot;export-insights-data&quot;: Notify each time an export is complete. Values are Pub/Sub topics. The format of each Pub/Sub topic is: projects/{project}/topics/{topic}
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the settings were last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.insightsdata.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.insightsdata.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..773f26e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.insightsdata.html
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.insightsdata.html">insightsdata</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Export insights data to a destination defined in the request body.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="export">export(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Export insights data to a destination defined in the request body.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource to export data from. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to export insights.
+  &quot;bigQueryDestination&quot;: { # A BigQuery Table Reference. # Specified if sink is a BigQuery table.
+    &quot;dataset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the BigQuery dataset that the snapshot result should be exported to. If this dataset does not exist, the export call returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+    &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A project ID or number. If specified, then export will attempt to write data to this project instead of the resource project. Otherwise, the resource project will be used.
+    &quot;table&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The BigQuery table name to which the insights data should be written. If this table does not exist, the export call returns an INVALID_ARGUMENT error.
+  },
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for exporting conversations with specific properties.
+  &quot;kmsKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A fully qualified KMS key name for BigQuery tables protected by CMEK. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/keyRings/{keyring}/cryptoKeys/{key}/cryptoKeyVersions/{version}
+  &quot;parent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The parent resource to export data from.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2ef45d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html">issueModels</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.issues.html">issues()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the issues Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#calculateIssueModelStats">calculateIssueModelStats(issueModel, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an issue model's statistics.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates an issue model.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an issue model.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#deploy">deploy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deploys an issue model. Returns an error if a model is already deployed. An issue model can only be used in analysis after it has been deployed.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an issue model.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists issue models.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an issue model.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#undeploy">undeploy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeploys an issue model. An issue model can not be used in analysis after it has been undeployed.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="calculateIssueModelStats">calculateIssueModelStats(issueModel, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets an issue model&#x27;s statistics.
+
+Args:
+  issueModel: string, Required. The resource name of the issue model to query against. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response of querying an issue model&#x27;s statistics.
+  &quot;currentStats&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue model. # The latest label statistics for the queried issue model. Includes results on both training data and data labeled after deployment.
+    &quot;analyzedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time.
+    &quot;issueStats&quot;: { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue&#x27;s resource name.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue.
+        &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+        &quot;labeledConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;unclassifiedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of analyzed conversations for which no issue was applicable at this point in time.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates an issue model.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the issue model. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The issue model resource.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
+  &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
+    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Medium of conversations used in training data.
+    &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the model.
+  &quot;trainingStats&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue model. # Output only. Immutable. The issue model&#x27;s label statistics on its training data.
+    &quot;analyzedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time.
+    &quot;issueStats&quot;: { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue&#x27;s resource name.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue.
+        &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+        &quot;labeledConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;unclassifiedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of analyzed conversations for which no issue was applicable at this point in time.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the issue model was updated.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes an issue model.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the issue model to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="deploy">deploy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deploys an issue model. Returns an error if a model is already deployed. An issue model can only be used in analysis after it has been deployed.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The issue model to deploy. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to deploy an issue model.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The issue model to deploy.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets an issue model.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the issue model to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The issue model resource.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
+  &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
+    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Medium of conversations used in training data.
+    &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the model.
+  &quot;trainingStats&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue model. # Output only. Immutable. The issue model&#x27;s label statistics on its training data.
+    &quot;analyzedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time.
+    &quot;issueStats&quot;: { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue&#x27;s resource name.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue.
+        &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+        &quot;labeledConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;unclassifiedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of analyzed conversations for which no issue was applicable at this point in time.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the issue model was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists issue models.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the issue model. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response of listing issue models.
+  &quot;issueModels&quot;: [ # The issue models that match the request.
+    { # The issue model resource.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
+      &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
+        &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Medium of conversations used in training data.
+        &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the model.
+      &quot;trainingStats&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue model. # Output only. Immutable. The issue model&#x27;s label statistics on its training data.
+        &quot;analyzedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time.
+        &quot;issueStats&quot;: { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue&#x27;s resource name.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue.
+            &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+            &quot;labeledConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;unclassifiedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of analyzed conversations for which no issue was applicable at this point in time.
+      },
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the issue model was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates an issue model.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The issue model resource.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
+  &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
+    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Medium of conversations used in training data.
+    &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the model.
+  &quot;trainingStats&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue model. # Output only. Immutable. The issue model&#x27;s label statistics on its training data.
+    &quot;analyzedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time.
+    &quot;issueStats&quot;: { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue&#x27;s resource name.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue.
+        &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+        &quot;labeledConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;unclassifiedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of analyzed conversations for which no issue was applicable at this point in time.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the issue model was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The issue model resource.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue model was created.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue model.
+  &quot;inputDataConfig&quot;: { # Configs for the input data used to create the issue model. # Configs for the input data that used to create the issue model.
+    &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Medium of conversations used in training data.
+    &quot;trainingConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Number of conversations used in training. Output only.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue model. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the model.
+  &quot;trainingStats&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue model. # Output only. Immutable. The issue model&#x27;s label statistics on its training data.
+    &quot;analyzedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations the issue model has analyzed at this point in time.
+    &quot;issueStats&quot;: { # Statistics on each issue. Key is the issue&#x27;s resource name.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Aggregated statistics about an issue.
+        &quot;issue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Issue resource. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+        &quot;labeledConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of conversations attached to the issue at this point in time.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;unclassifiedConversationsCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Number of analyzed conversations for which no issue was applicable at this point in time.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the issue model was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="undeploy">undeploy(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Undeploys an issue model. An issue model can not be used in analysis after it has been undeployed.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The issue model to undeploy. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request to undeploy an issue model.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The issue model to undeploy.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.issues.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.issues.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c7fb898
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.issues.html
@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.html">issueModels</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.issueModels.issues.html">issues</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an issue.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists issues.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an issue.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets an issue.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the issue to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The issue resource.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue was created.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time that this issue was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists issues.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the issue. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response of listing issues.
+  &quot;issues&quot;: [ # The issues that match the request.
+    { # The issue resource.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue was created.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time that this issue was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates an issue.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the issue. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The issue resource.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue was created.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time that this issue was updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The issue resource.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which this issue was created.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The representative name for the issue.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the issue. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/issueModels/{issue_model}/issues/{issue}
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time that this issue was updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..796072f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `"/v1/{name=users/*}/operations"` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="cancel">cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `&quot;/v1/{name=users/*}/operations&quot;` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation&#x27;s parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The standard List next-page token.
+  &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8092bb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,301 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.html">Contact Center AI Insights API</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.phraseMatchers.html">phraseMatchers</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a phrase matcher.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a phrase matcher.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a phrase matcher.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists phrase matchers.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a phrase matcher.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the phrase matcher. Required. The location to create a phrase matcher for. Format: `projects//locations/` or `projects//locations/` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The phrase matcher resource.
+  &quot;activationUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the activation status was updated.
+  &quot;active&quot;: True or False, # Applies the phrase matcher only when it is active.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the phrase matcher. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
+  &quot;phraseMatchRuleGroups&quot;: [ # A list of phase match rule groups that are included in this matcher.
+    { # A message representing a rule in the phrase matcher.
+      &quot;phraseMatchRules&quot;: [ # A list of phase match rules that are included in this group.
+        { # The data for a phrase match rule.
+          &quot;config&quot;: { # Configuration information of a phrase match rule. # Provides additional information about the rule that specifies how to apply the rule.
+            &quot;exactMatchConfig&quot;: { # Exact match configuration. # The configuration for the exact match rule.
+              &quot;caseSensitive&quot;: True or False, # Whether to consider case sensitivity when performing an exact match.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;negated&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the phrase must be missing from the transcript segment or present in the transcript segment.
+          &quot;query&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The phrase to be matched.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase match rule group.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp of when the revision was created. It is also the create time when a new matcher is added.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the phrase matcher. A new revision is committed whenever the matcher is changed, except when it is activated or deactivated. A server generated random ID will be used. Example: locations/global/phraseMatchers/my-first-matcher@1234567
+  &quot;roleMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role whose utterances the phrase matcher should be matched against. If the role is ROLE_UNSPECIFIED it will be matched against any utterances in the transcript.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase matcher.
+  &quot;versionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The phrase matcher resource.
+  &quot;activationUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the activation status was updated.
+  &quot;active&quot;: True or False, # Applies the phrase matcher only when it is active.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the phrase matcher. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
+  &quot;phraseMatchRuleGroups&quot;: [ # A list of phase match rule groups that are included in this matcher.
+    { # A message representing a rule in the phrase matcher.
+      &quot;phraseMatchRules&quot;: [ # A list of phase match rules that are included in this group.
+        { # The data for a phrase match rule.
+          &quot;config&quot;: { # Configuration information of a phrase match rule. # Provides additional information about the rule that specifies how to apply the rule.
+            &quot;exactMatchConfig&quot;: { # Exact match configuration. # The configuration for the exact match rule.
+              &quot;caseSensitive&quot;: True or False, # Whether to consider case sensitivity when performing an exact match.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;negated&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the phrase must be missing from the transcript segment or present in the transcript segment.
+          &quot;query&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The phrase to be matched.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase match rule group.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp of when the revision was created. It is also the create time when a new matcher is added.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the phrase matcher. A new revision is committed whenever the matcher is changed, except when it is activated or deactivated. A server generated random ID will be used. Example: locations/global/phraseMatchers/my-first-matcher@1234567
+  &quot;roleMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role whose utterances the phrase matcher should be matched against. If the role is ROLE_UNSPECIFIED it will be matched against any utterances in the transcript.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase matcher.
+  &quot;versionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes a phrase matcher.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the phrase matcher to delete. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a phrase matcher.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the phrase matcher to get. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The phrase matcher resource.
+  &quot;activationUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the activation status was updated.
+  &quot;active&quot;: True or False, # Applies the phrase matcher only when it is active.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the phrase matcher. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
+  &quot;phraseMatchRuleGroups&quot;: [ # A list of phase match rule groups that are included in this matcher.
+    { # A message representing a rule in the phrase matcher.
+      &quot;phraseMatchRules&quot;: [ # A list of phase match rules that are included in this group.
+        { # The data for a phrase match rule.
+          &quot;config&quot;: { # Configuration information of a phrase match rule. # Provides additional information about the rule that specifies how to apply the rule.
+            &quot;exactMatchConfig&quot;: { # Exact match configuration. # The configuration for the exact match rule.
+              &quot;caseSensitive&quot;: True or False, # Whether to consider case sensitivity when performing an exact match.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;negated&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the phrase must be missing from the transcript segment or present in the transcript segment.
+          &quot;query&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The phrase to be matched.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase match rule group.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp of when the revision was created. It is also the create time when a new matcher is added.
+  &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the phrase matcher. A new revision is committed whenever the matcher is changed, except when it is activated or deactivated. A server generated random ID will be used. Example: locations/global/phraseMatchers/my-first-matcher@1234567
+  &quot;roleMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role whose utterances the phrase matcher should be matched against. If the role is ROLE_UNSPECIFIED it will be matched against any utterances in the transcript.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase matcher.
+  &quot;versionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists phrase matchers.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the phrase matcher. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. Useful for querying phrase matchers with specific properties.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of phrase matchers to return in the response. If this value is zero, the service will select a default size. A call might return fewer objects than requested. A non-empty `next_page_token` in the response indicates that more data is available.
+  pageToken: string, The value returned by the last `ListPhraseMatchersResponse`. This value indicates that this is a continuation of a prior `ListPhraseMatchers` call and that the system should return the next page of data.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response of listing phrase matchers.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  &quot;phraseMatchers&quot;: [ # The phrase matchers that match the request.
+    { # The phrase matcher resource.
+      &quot;activationUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The most recent time at which the activation status was updated.
+      &quot;active&quot;: True or False, # Applies the phrase matcher only when it is active.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the phrase matcher.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the phrase matcher. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/phraseMatchers/{phrase_matcher}
+      &quot;phraseMatchRuleGroups&quot;: [ # A list of phase match rule groups that are included in this matcher.
+        { # A message representing a rule in the phrase matcher.
+          &quot;phraseMatchRules&quot;: [ # A list of phase match rules that are included in this group.
+            { # The data for a phrase match rule.
+              &quot;config&quot;: { # Configuration information of a phrase match rule. # Provides additional information about the rule that specifies how to apply the rule.
+                &quot;exactMatchConfig&quot;: { # Exact match configuration. # The configuration for the exact match rule.
+                  &quot;caseSensitive&quot;: True or False, # Whether to consider case sensitivity when performing an exact match.
+                },
+              },
+              &quot;negated&quot;: True or False, # Specifies whether the phrase must be missing from the transcript segment or present in the transcript segment.
+              &quot;query&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The phrase to be matched.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase match rule group.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp of when the revision was created. It is also the create time when a new matcher is added.
+      &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Immutable. The revision ID of the phrase matcher. A new revision is committed whenever the matcher is changed, except when it is activated or deactivated. A server generated random ID will be used. Example: locations/global/phraseMatchers/my-first-matcher@1234567
+      &quot;roleMatch&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The role whose utterances the phrase matcher should be matched against. If the role is ROLE_UNSPECIFIED it will be matched against any utterances in the transcript.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The type of this phrase matcher.
+      &quot;versionTag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The customized version tag to use for the phrase matcher. If not specified, it will default to `revision_id`.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index c7fb79e..3809951 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -300,6 +300,7 @@
           &quot;maxUnavailable&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
         },
       },
+      &quot;autoscalingProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Defines autoscaling behaviour.
       &quot;enableNodeAutoprovisioning&quot;: True or False, # Enables automatic node pool creation and deletion.
       &quot;resourceLimits&quot;: [ # Contains global constraints regarding minimum and maximum amount of resources in the cluster.
         { # Contains information about amount of some resource in the cluster. For memory, value should be in GB.
@@ -368,6 +369,13 @@
     &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
       &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -410,6 +418,13 @@
       ],
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
+    &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -591,6 +606,11 @@
           &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+        &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+          &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        },
         &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
         &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -870,6 +890,7 @@
         &quot;maxUnavailable&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
       },
     },
+    &quot;autoscalingProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Defines autoscaling behaviour.
     &quot;enableNodeAutoprovisioning&quot;: True or False, # Enables automatic node pool creation and deletion.
     &quot;resourceLimits&quot;: [ # Contains global constraints regarding minimum and maximum amount of resources in the cluster.
       { # Contains information about amount of some resource in the cluster. For memory, value should be in GB.
@@ -938,6 +959,13 @@
   &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+    &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+      &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
   &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
     &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -980,6 +1008,13 @@
     ],
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
   },
+  &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+    &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+      &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
   &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -1161,6 +1196,11 @@
         &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      },
       &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -1343,6 +1383,7 @@
             &quot;maxUnavailable&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
           },
         },
+        &quot;autoscalingProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Defines autoscaling behaviour.
         &quot;enableNodeAutoprovisioning&quot;: True or False, # Enables automatic node pool creation and deletion.
         &quot;resourceLimits&quot;: [ # Contains global constraints regarding minimum and maximum amount of resources in the cluster.
           { # Contains information about amount of some resource in the cluster. For memory, value should be in GB.
@@ -1411,6 +1452,13 @@
       &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+        &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+          &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
         &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -1453,6 +1501,13 @@
         ],
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
       },
+      &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+        &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+          &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -1634,6 +1689,11 @@
             &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+          &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+            &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+            &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+            &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          },
           &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -2628,6 +2688,7 @@
           &quot;maxUnavailable&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
         },
       },
+      &quot;autoscalingProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Defines autoscaling behaviour.
       &quot;enableNodeAutoprovisioning&quot;: True or False, # Enables automatic node pool creation and deletion.
       &quot;resourceLimits&quot;: [ # Contains global constraints regarding minimum and maximum amount of resources in the cluster.
         { # Contains information about amount of some resource in the cluster. For memory, value should be in GB.
@@ -2655,6 +2716,13 @@
     &quot;desiredLocations&quot;: [ # The desired list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This list must always include the cluster&#x27;s primary zone. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the locations of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;desiredLoggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # The desired logging configuration.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;desiredLoggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;desiredMasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the master authorized networks feature. Enabled master authorized networks will disallow all external traffic to access Kubernetes master through HTTPS except traffic from the given CIDR blocks, Google Compute Engine Public IPs and Google Prod IPs. # The desired configuration options for master authorized networks feature.
       &quot;cidrBlocks&quot;: [ # cidr_blocks define up to 50 external networks that could access Kubernetes master through HTTPS.
@@ -2666,6 +2734,13 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;desiredMasterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Kubernetes version to change the master to. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
+    &quot;desiredMonitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # The desired monitoring configuration.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;desiredMonitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;desiredNodePoolAutoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index c58b22d..8f137cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -218,6 +218,11 @@
       &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
     },
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+    &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+      &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    },
     &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
     &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -480,6 +485,11 @@
     &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+  &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+    &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+  },
   &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -608,6 +618,11 @@
         &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      },
       &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 3305b0a..f0ef7f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -401,6 +401,7 @@
           &quot;maxUnavailable&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
         },
       },
+      &quot;autoscalingProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Defines autoscaling behaviour.
       &quot;enableNodeAutoprovisioning&quot;: True or False, # Enables automatic node pool creation and deletion.
       &quot;resourceLimits&quot;: [ # Contains global constraints regarding minimum and maximum amount of resources in the cluster.
         { # Contains information about amount of some resource in the cluster. For memory, value should be in GB.
@@ -469,6 +470,13 @@
     &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
       &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -511,6 +519,13 @@
       ],
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
+    &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -692,6 +707,11 @@
           &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+        &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+          &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        },
         &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
         &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
         &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -971,6 +991,7 @@
         &quot;maxUnavailable&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
       },
     },
+    &quot;autoscalingProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Defines autoscaling behaviour.
     &quot;enableNodeAutoprovisioning&quot;: True or False, # Enables automatic node pool creation and deletion.
     &quot;resourceLimits&quot;: [ # Contains global constraints regarding minimum and maximum amount of resources in the cluster.
       { # Contains information about amount of some resource in the cluster. For memory, value should be in GB.
@@ -1039,6 +1060,13 @@
   &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+    &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+      &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
   &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
     &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -1081,6 +1109,13 @@
     ],
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
   },
+  &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+    &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+      &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
   &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -1262,6 +1297,11 @@
         &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      },
       &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -1488,6 +1528,7 @@
             &quot;maxUnavailable&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
           },
         },
+        &quot;autoscalingProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Defines autoscaling behaviour.
         &quot;enableNodeAutoprovisioning&quot;: True or False, # Enables automatic node pool creation and deletion.
         &quot;resourceLimits&quot;: [ # Contains global constraints regarding minimum and maximum amount of resources in the cluster.
           { # Contains information about amount of some resource in the cluster. For memory, value should be in GB.
@@ -1556,6 +1597,13 @@
       &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+        &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+          &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
         &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -1598,6 +1646,13 @@
         ],
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
       },
+      &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+        &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+          &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used.
@@ -1779,6 +1834,11 @@
             &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+          &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+            &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+            &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+            &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          },
           &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
           &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -2689,6 +2749,7 @@
           &quot;maxUnavailable&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of nodes that can be simultaneously unavailable during the upgrade process. A node is considered available if its status is Ready.
         },
       },
+      &quot;autoscalingProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Defines autoscaling behaviour.
       &quot;enableNodeAutoprovisioning&quot;: True or False, # Enables automatic node pool creation and deletion.
       &quot;resourceLimits&quot;: [ # Contains global constraints regarding minimum and maximum amount of resources in the cluster.
         { # Contains information about amount of some resource in the cluster. For memory, value should be in GB.
@@ -2716,6 +2777,13 @@
     &quot;desiredLocations&quot;: [ # The desired list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This list must always include the cluster&#x27;s primary zone. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the locations of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;desiredLoggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # The desired logging configuration.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;desiredLoggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;desiredMasterAuthorizedNetworksConfig&quot;: { # Configuration options for the master authorized networks feature. Enabled master authorized networks will disallow all external traffic to access Kubernetes master through HTTPS except traffic from the given CIDR blocks, Google Compute Engine Public IPs and Google Prod IPs. # The desired configuration options for master authorized networks feature.
       &quot;cidrBlocks&quot;: [ # cidr_blocks define up to 50 external networks that could access Kubernetes master through HTTPS.
@@ -2727,6 +2795,13 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;desiredMasterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Kubernetes version to change the master to. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
+    &quot;desiredMonitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # The desired monitoring configuration.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;desiredMonitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;desiredNodePoolAutoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 7d156e5..47ba79b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -307,6 +307,11 @@
       &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
     },
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+    &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+      &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    },
     &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
     &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -569,6 +574,11 @@
     &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+  &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+    &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+  },
   &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
   &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
@@ -697,6 +707,11 @@
         &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
+      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      },
       &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
       &quot;status&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The status of the nodes in this pool instance.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index a47fa6c..d1d0d41 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -351,6 +351,9 @@
     &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
+    &quot;identityServiceConfig&quot;: { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # Configuration for Identity Service component.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component
+    },
     &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
     &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
     &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -380,6 +383,13 @@
     &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
       &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -425,6 +435,13 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+    &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
@@ -630,10 +647,10 @@
           &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-        &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-          &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-          &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-          &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+        &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+          &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
         },
         &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
         &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -979,6 +996,9 @@
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
+  &quot;identityServiceConfig&quot;: { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # Configuration for Identity Service component.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component
+  },
   &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
   &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
   &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1008,6 +1028,13 @@
   &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+    &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+      &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
   &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
     &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -1053,6 +1080,13 @@
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
   },
   &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+  &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+    &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+      &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
   &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
@@ -1258,10 +1292,10 @@
         &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
       },
       &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -1510,6 +1544,9 @@
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
+      &quot;identityServiceConfig&quot;: { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # Configuration for Identity Service component.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component
+      },
       &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
       &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
       &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1539,6 +1576,13 @@
       &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+        &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+          &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
         &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -1584,6 +1628,13 @@
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
       },
       &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+      &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+        &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+          &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
@@ -1789,10 +1840,10 @@
             &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-          &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-            &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-            &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-            &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+          &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+            &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+            &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+            &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
           },
           &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -2842,6 +2893,9 @@
       &quot;clusterDnsDomain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
       &quot;clusterDnsScope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
     },
+    &quot;desiredIdentityServiceConfig&quot;: { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # The desired Identity Service component configuration.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component
+    },
     &quot;desiredImageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The desired image type for the node pool. NOTE: Set the &quot;desired_node_pool&quot; field as well.
     &quot;desiredIntraNodeVisibilityConfig&quot;: { # IntraNodeVisibilityConfig contains the desired config of the intra-node visibility on this cluster. # The desired config of Intra-node visibility.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables intra node visibility for this cluster.
@@ -2852,6 +2906,13 @@
     &quot;desiredLocations&quot;: [ # The desired list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This list must always include the cluster&#x27;s primary zone. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the locations of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;desiredLoggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # The desired logging configuration.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;desiredLoggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;desiredMaster&quot;: { # Master is the configuration for components on master. # Configuration for master components.
     },
@@ -2865,6 +2926,13 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;desiredMasterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Kubernetes version to change the master to. The only valid value is the latest supported version. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
+    &quot;desiredMonitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # The desired monitoring configuration.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;desiredMonitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;desiredNodePoolAutoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index 5d0626f..e1b6f76 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -224,10 +224,10 @@
       &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
     },
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-    &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-      &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-      &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-      &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+    &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+      &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
     },
     &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -497,10 +497,10 @@
     &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-  &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-    &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-    &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-    &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+  &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+    &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
   },
   &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -636,10 +636,10 @@
         &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
       },
       &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index fd24abf..3169882 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -459,6 +459,9 @@
     &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
     &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
     &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
+    &quot;identityServiceConfig&quot;: { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # Configuration for Identity Service component.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component
+    },
     &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
     &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
     &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -488,6 +491,13 @@
     &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
       &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -533,6 +543,13 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+    &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
     &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
@@ -738,10 +755,10 @@
           &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-        &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-          &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-          &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-          &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+        &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+          &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+          &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
         },
         &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
         &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -1087,6 +1104,9 @@
   &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
   &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
+  &quot;identityServiceConfig&quot;: { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # Configuration for Identity Service component.
+    &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component
+  },
   &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
   &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
   &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1116,6 +1136,13 @@
   &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+    &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+      &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
   &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
     &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -1161,6 +1188,13 @@
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
   },
   &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+  &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+    &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+      &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
   &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
   &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
@@ -1366,10 +1400,10 @@
         &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
       },
       &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -1662,6 +1696,9 @@
       &quot;endpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The IP address of this cluster&#x27;s master endpoint. The endpoint can be accessed from the internet at `https://username:password@endpoint/`. See the `masterAuth` property of this resource for username and password information.
       &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] The time the cluster will be automatically deleted in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Unique id for the cluster.
+      &quot;identityServiceConfig&quot;: { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # Configuration for Identity Service component.
+        &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component
+      },
       &quot;initialClusterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The initial Kubernetes version for this cluster. Valid versions are those found in validMasterVersions returned by getServerConfig. The version can be upgraded over time; such upgrades are reflected in currentMasterVersion and currentNodeVersion. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;&quot;,&quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
       &quot;initialNodeCount&quot;: 42, # The number of nodes to create in this cluster. You must ensure that your Compute Engine [resource quota](https://cloud.google.com/compute/quotas) is sufficient for this number of instances. You must also have available firewall and routes quota. For requests, this field should only be used in lieu of a &quot;node_pool&quot; object, since this configuration (along with the &quot;node_config&quot;) will be used to create a &quot;NodePool&quot; object with an auto-generated name. Do not use this and a node_pool at the same time. This field is deprecated, use node_pool.initial_node_count instead.
       &quot;instanceGroupUrls&quot;: [ # Deprecated. Use node_pools.instance_group_urls.
@@ -1691,6 +1728,13 @@
       &quot;locations&quot;: [ # The list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This field provides a default value if [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) are not specified during node pool creation. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the [NodePool.Locations](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/reference/rest/v1/projects.locations.clusters.nodePools#NodePool.FIELDS.locations) of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;loggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # Logging configuration for the cluster.
+        &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+          &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       &quot;loggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       &quot;maintenancePolicy&quot;: { # MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster. # Configure the maintenance policy for this cluster.
         &quot;resourceVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hash identifying the version of this policy, so that updates to fields of the policy won&#x27;t accidentally undo intermediate changes (and so that users of the API unaware of some fields won&#x27;t accidentally remove other fields). Make a `get()` request to the cluster to get the current resource version and include it with requests to set the policy.
@@ -1736,6 +1780,13 @@
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
       },
       &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+      &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
+        &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+          &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
       &quot;monitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of this cluster. The name must be unique within this project and location (e.g. zone or region), and can be up to 40 characters with the following restrictions: * Lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens only. * Must start with a letter. * Must end with a number or a letter.
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [network](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. If left unspecified, the `default` network will be used. On output this shows the network ID instead of the name.
@@ -1941,10 +1992,10 @@
             &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
           },
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-          &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-            &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-            &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-            &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+          &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+            &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+            &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+            &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
           },
           &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
           &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -2903,6 +2954,9 @@
       &quot;clusterDnsDomain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records.
       &quot;clusterDnsScope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records.
     },
+    &quot;desiredIdentityServiceConfig&quot;: { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # The desired Identity Service component configuration.
+      &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable the Identity Service component
+    },
     &quot;desiredImageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The desired image type for the node pool. NOTE: Set the &quot;desired_node_pool&quot; field as well.
     &quot;desiredIntraNodeVisibilityConfig&quot;: { # IntraNodeVisibilityConfig contains the desired config of the intra-node visibility on this cluster. # The desired config of Intra-node visibility.
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Enables intra node visibility for this cluster.
@@ -2913,6 +2967,13 @@
     &quot;desiredLocations&quot;: [ # The desired list of Google Compute Engine [zones](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/zones#available) in which the cluster&#x27;s nodes should be located. This list must always include the cluster&#x27;s primary zone. Warning: changing cluster locations will update the locations of all node pools and will result in nodes being added and/or removed.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;desiredLoggingConfig&quot;: { # LoggingConfig is cluster logging configuration. # The desired logging configuration.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # LoggingComponentConfig is cluster logging component configuration. # Logging components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect logs. An empty set would disable all logging.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;desiredLoggingService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The logging service the cluster should use to write logs. Currently available options: * `logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` - The Cloud Logging service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `logging.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Logging service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - no logs will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`logging.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `logging.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;desiredMaster&quot;: { # Master is the configuration for components on master. # Configuration for master components.
     },
@@ -2926,6 +2987,13 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;desiredMasterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Kubernetes version to change the master to. The only valid value is the latest supported version. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
+    &quot;desiredMonitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # The desired monitoring configuration.
+      &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
+        &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
     &quot;desiredMonitoringService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The monitoring service the cluster should use to write metrics. Currently available options: * &quot;monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes&quot; - The Cloud Monitoring service with a Kubernetes-native resource model * `monitoring.googleapis.com` - The legacy Cloud Monitoring service (no longer available as of GKE 1.15). * `none` - No metrics will be exported from the cluster. If left as an empty string,`monitoring.googleapis.com/kubernetes` will be used for GKE 1.14+ or `monitoring.googleapis.com` for earlier versions.
     &quot;desiredNodePoolAutoscaling&quot;: { # NodePoolAutoscaling contains information required by cluster autoscaler to adjust the size of the node pool to the current cluster usage. # Autoscaler configuration for the node pool specified in desired_node_pool_id. If there is only one pool in the cluster and desired_node_pool_id is not provided then the change applies to that single node pool.
       &quot;autoprovisioned&quot;: True or False, # Can this node pool be deleted automatically.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index f266066..8531dfd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -313,10 +313,10 @@
       &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
     },
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-    &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-      &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-      &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-      &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+    &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+      &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+      &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
     },
     &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
     &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -586,10 +586,10 @@
     &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
   },
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-  &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-    &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-    &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-    &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+  &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+    &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+    &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
   },
   &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
@@ -725,10 +725,10 @@
         &quot;maxPodsPerNode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Constraint enforced on the max num of pods per node.
       },
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the node pool.
-      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
-        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used.
-        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use.
-        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID.
+      &quot;networkConfig&quot;: { # Parameters for node pool-level network config. # Networking configuration for this NodePool. If specified, it overrides the cluster-level defaults.
+        &quot;createPodRange&quot;: True or False, # Input only. Whether to create a new range for pod IPs in this node pool. Defaults are provided for `pod_range` and `pod_ipv4_cidr_block` if they are not specified. If neither `create_pod_range` or `pod_range` are specified, the cluster-level default (`ip_allocation_policy.cluster_ipv4_cidr_block`) is used. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address range for pod IPs in this node pool. Only applicable if `create_pod_range` is true. Set to blank to have a range chosen with the default size. Set to /netmask (e.g. `/14`) to have a range chosen with a specific netmask. Set to a [CIDR](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Classless_Inter-Domain_Routing) notation (e.g. `10.96.0.0/14`) to pick a specific range to use. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
+        &quot;podRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the secondary range for pod IPs. If `create_pod_range` is true, this ID is used for the new range. If `create_pod_range` is false, uses an existing secondary range with this ID. Only applicable if `ip_allocation_policy.use_ip_aliases` is true. This field cannot be changed after the node pool has been created.
       },
       &quot;podIpv4CidrSize&quot;: 42, # [Output only] The pod CIDR block size per node in this node pool.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # [Output only] Server-defined URL for the resource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
index 2ff086d..177c2c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.html
@@ -175,6 +175,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -370,6 +375,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -588,6 +598,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -838,6 +853,11 @@
       &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
         &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
       },
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+        &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+          &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+        },
+      },
       &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
       &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -1049,6 +1069,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -1243,6 +1268,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html
index a4ddac1..46e7640 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.notes.occurrences.html
@@ -118,6 +118,36 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;buildDetails&quot;: { # Message encapsulating build provenance details. # Build details for a verifiable build.
+        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+          &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+            &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+            &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+            &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+            &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+              &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+            },
+            &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+          },
+          &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+            &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance
           &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -327,6 +357,70 @@
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # An occurrence describing an attestation on a resource # This represents a DSSE attestation occurrence
+        &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+          &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+          &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+          &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+            { # A DSSE signature
+              &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+              &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+          &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;subject&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+        &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+        &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+          { # A DSSE signature
+            &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+            &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;installation&quot;: { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
         &quot;location&quot;: [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
           { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system&#x27;s filesystem. e.g. glibc was found in /var/lib/dpkg/status
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
index 5dab89e..79bfb44 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.projects.occurrences.html
@@ -134,6 +134,36 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;buildDetails&quot;: { # Message encapsulating build provenance details. # Build details for a verifiable build.
+    &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+      &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+        &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+        &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+        &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+        &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+          &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+        },
+        &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+      },
+      &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+        &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+        &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+        &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance
       &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -343,6 +373,70 @@
       },
     },
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # An occurrence describing an attestation on a resource # This represents a DSSE attestation occurrence
+    &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+      &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+      &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+      &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+        { # A DSSE signature
+          &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+          &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+      &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+      &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+        &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+          &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+          },
+          &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;subject&quot;: [
+        {
+          &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+    &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+    &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+    &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+      { # A DSSE signature
+        &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+        &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;installation&quot;: { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
     &quot;location&quot;: [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
       { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system&#x27;s filesystem. e.g. glibc was found in /var/lib/dpkg/status
@@ -490,6 +584,36 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;buildDetails&quot;: { # Message encapsulating build provenance details. # Build details for a verifiable build.
+    &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+      &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+        &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+        &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+        &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+        &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+          &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+        },
+        &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+      },
+      &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+        &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+        &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+        &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance
       &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -699,6 +823,70 @@
       },
     },
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # An occurrence describing an attestation on a resource # This represents a DSSE attestation occurrence
+    &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+      &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+      &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+      &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+        { # A DSSE signature
+          &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+          &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+      &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+      &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+        &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+          &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+          },
+          &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;subject&quot;: [
+        {
+          &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+    &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+    &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+    &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+      { # A DSSE signature
+        &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+        &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;installation&quot;: { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
     &quot;location&quot;: [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
       { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system&#x27;s filesystem. e.g. glibc was found in /var/lib/dpkg/status
@@ -870,6 +1058,36 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;buildDetails&quot;: { # Message encapsulating build provenance details. # Build details for a verifiable build.
+    &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+      &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+        &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+        &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+        &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+        &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+          &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+        },
+        &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+      },
+      &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+        &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+        &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+        &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance
       &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1079,6 +1297,70 @@
       },
     },
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # An occurrence describing an attestation on a resource # This represents a DSSE attestation occurrence
+    &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+      &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+      &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+      &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+        { # A DSSE signature
+          &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+          &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+      &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+      &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+        &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+          &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+          },
+          &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;subject&quot;: [
+        {
+          &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+    &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+    &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+    &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+      { # A DSSE signature
+        &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+        &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;installation&quot;: { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
     &quot;location&quot;: [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
       { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system&#x27;s filesystem. e.g. glibc was found in /var/lib/dpkg/status
@@ -1317,6 +1599,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -1500,6 +1787,7 @@
       SPDX_PACKAGE - This represents an SPDX Package.
       SPDX_FILE - This represents an SPDX File.
       SPDX_RELATIONSHIP - This represents an SPDX Relationship.
+      DSSE_ATTESTATION - This represents a DSSE attestation Note
   name: string, The name field contains the project Id. For example: &quot;projects/{project_id} @Deprecated
   pageSize: integer, Number of occurrences to return in the list.
   pageToken: string, Token to provide to skip to a particular spot in the list.
@@ -1523,6 +1811,36 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;buildDetails&quot;: { # Message encapsulating build provenance details. # Build details for a verifiable build.
+        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+          &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+            &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+            &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+            &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+            &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+              &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+            },
+            &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+          },
+          &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+            &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance
           &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1732,6 +2050,70 @@
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # An occurrence describing an attestation on a resource # This represents a DSSE attestation occurrence
+        &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+          &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+          &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+          &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+            { # A DSSE signature
+              &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+              &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+          &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;subject&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+        &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+        &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+          { # A DSSE signature
+            &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+            &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;installation&quot;: { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
         &quot;location&quot;: [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
           { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system&#x27;s filesystem. e.g. glibc was found in /var/lib/dpkg/status
@@ -1896,6 +2278,36 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;buildDetails&quot;: { # Message encapsulating build provenance details. # Build details for a verifiable build.
+    &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+      &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+        &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+        &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+        &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+        &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+          &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+        },
+        &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+      },
+      &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+        &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+        &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+        &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance
       &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2105,6 +2517,70 @@
       },
     },
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # An occurrence describing an attestation on a resource # This represents a DSSE attestation occurrence
+    &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+      &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+      &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+      &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+        { # A DSSE signature
+          &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+          &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+      &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+      &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+        &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+          &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+          },
+          &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;subject&quot;: [
+        {
+          &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+    &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+    &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+    &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+      { # A DSSE signature
+        &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+        &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;installation&quot;: { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
     &quot;location&quot;: [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
       { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system&#x27;s filesystem. e.g. glibc was found in /var/lib/dpkg/status
@@ -2252,6 +2728,36 @@
     },
   },
   &quot;buildDetails&quot;: { # Message encapsulating build provenance details. # Build details for a verifiable build.
+    &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+      &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+        &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+        &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+        &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+        &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+          &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+        },
+        &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+      },
+      &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+        &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+        &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+        &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+      },
+    },
     &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance
       &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -2461,6 +2967,70 @@
       },
     },
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # An occurrence describing an attestation on a resource # This represents a DSSE attestation occurrence
+    &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+      &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+      &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+      &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+        { # A DSSE signature
+          &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+          &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+      &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+      &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+        &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+        &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+          &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+          &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+          &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+          &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+            &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+          },
+          &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+        },
+        &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+          &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+          &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+          &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;subject&quot;: [
+        {
+          &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+    &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+    &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+    &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+      { # A DSSE signature
+        &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+        &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   &quot;installation&quot;: { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
     &quot;location&quot;: [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
       { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system&#x27;s filesystem. e.g. glibc was found in /var/lib/dpkg/status
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
index b7b77ef..10154d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.html
@@ -175,6 +175,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -370,6 +375,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -588,6 +598,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -838,6 +853,11 @@
       &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
         &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
       },
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+        &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+          &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+        },
+      },
       &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
       &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -1049,6 +1069,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
@@ -1243,6 +1268,11 @@
   &quot;discovery&quot;: { # A note that indicates a type of analysis a provider would perform. This note exists in a provider&#x27;s project. A `Discovery` occurrence is created in a consumer&#x27;s project at the start of analysis. The occurrence&#x27;s operation will indicate the status of the analysis. Absence of an occurrence linked to this note for a resource indicates that analysis hasn&#x27;t started. # A note describing a provider/analysis type.
     &quot;analysisKind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of analysis that is handled by this discovery.
   },
+  &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # A note describing an attestation # A note describing a dsse attestation note.
+    &quot;hint&quot;: { # This submessage provides human-readable hints about the purpose of the authority. Because the name of a note acts as its resource reference, it is important to disambiguate the canonical name of the Note (which might be a UUID for security purposes) from &quot;readable&quot; names more suitable for debug output. Note that these hints should not be used to look up authorities in security sensitive contexts, such as when looking up attestations to verify. # DSSEHint hints at the purpose of the attestation authority.
+      &quot;humanReadableName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human readable name of this attestation authority, for example &quot;cloudbuild-prod&quot;.
+    },
+  },
   &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time of expiration for this note, null if note does not expire.
   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This explicitly denotes which kind of note is specified. This field can be used as a filter in list requests.
   &quot;longDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A detailed description of this `Note`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html
index 0fb9949..6b7155c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/containeranalysis_v1alpha1.providers.notes.occurrences.html
@@ -118,6 +118,36 @@
         },
       },
       &quot;buildDetails&quot;: { # Message encapsulating build provenance details. # Build details for a verifiable build.
+        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+          &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+            &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+            &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+            &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+            &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+              &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+            },
+            &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+          },
+          &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+            &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # The actual provenance
           &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -327,6 +357,70 @@
           },
         },
       },
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # An occurrence describing an attestation on a resource # This represents a DSSE attestation occurrence
+        &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+          &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+          &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+          &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+            { # A DSSE signature
+              &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+              &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+          &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;subject&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The bytes being signed
+        &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of payload being signed
+        &quot;signatures&quot;: [ # The signatures over the payload
+          { # A DSSE signature
+            &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference id to the key being used for signing
+            &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The signature itself
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;installation&quot;: { # This represents how a particular software package may be installed on a system. # Describes the installation of a package on the linked resource.
         &quot;location&quot;: [ # All of the places within the filesystem versions of this package have been found.
           { # An occurrence of a particular package installation found within a system&#x27;s filesystem. e.g. glibc was found in /var/lib/dpkg/status
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2.shippingsettings.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2.shippingsettings.html
index a116eb2..55616ac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2.shippingsettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2.shippingsettings.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
                 &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
               },
               &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
               &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
               &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
               &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
                 &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
               },
               &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@
               &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
               &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
               &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
           &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
         },
         &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@
         &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
         &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
         &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@
               &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
             },
             &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -1176,7 +1176,7 @@
             &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
             &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
             &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -1470,7 +1470,7 @@
           &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
         },
         &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@
         &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
         &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
         &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@
           &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
         },
         &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@
         &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
         &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
         &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
index ea13daf..f1c1c49 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
       &quot;feedId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Content API Supplemental Feed ID. If present then product insertion or deletion applies to a supplemental feed instead of primary Content API feed.
       &quot;merchantId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the managing account.
       &quot;method&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The method of the batch entry. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delete`&quot; - &quot;`get`&quot; - &quot;`insert`&quot; - &quot;`update`&quot;
-      &quot;product&quot;: { #  Required product attributes are primarily defined by the products data specification. See the Products Data Specification Help Center article for information. Product data. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product, it may take several minutes before changes take effect. # The product to insert. Only required if the method is `insert`.
+      &quot;product&quot;: { #  Required product attributes are primarily defined by the products data specification. See the Products Data Specification Help Center article for information. Product data. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product, it may take several minutes before changes take effect. # The product to insert or update. Only required if the method is `insert` or `update`. If the `update` method is used with `updateMask` only to delete a field, then this isn&#x27;t required. For example, setting `salePrice` on the `updateMask` and not providing a `product` will result in an existing sale price on the product specified by `productId` being deleted.
         &quot;additionalImageLinks&quot;: [ # Additional URLs of images of the item.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -310,7 +310,7 @@
           &quot;value&quot;: 3.14, # The measure of an item.
         },
       },
-      &quot;productId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the product to get or delete. Only defined if the method is `get` or `delete`.
+      &quot;productId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the product to mutate. Only defined if the method is `get`, `delete`, or `update`. or `delete`.
       &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The comma-separated list of product attributes to be updated. Example: `&quot;title,salePrice&quot;`. Attributes specified in the update mask without a value specified in the body will be deleted from the product. Only top-level product attributes can be updated. If not defined, product attributes with set values will be updated and other attributes will stay unchanged. Only defined if the method is `update`.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
index 5623448..85631d2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
                 &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
               },
               &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@
               &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
               &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
               &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
                 &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
               },
               &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
@@ -478,7 +478,7 @@
               &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
               &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
               &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+                &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                   &quot;A String&quot;,
                 ],
               },
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@
           &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
         },
         &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@
         &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
         &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
         &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -1157,7 +1157,7 @@
               &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
             },
             &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@
             &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
             &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
             &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
                 &quot;A String&quot;,
               ],
             },
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@
           &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
         },
         &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -1487,7 +1487,7 @@
         &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
         &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
         &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -1762,7 +1762,7 @@
           &quot;timezone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timezone identifier for the cutoff time. A list of identifiers can be found in the AdWords API documentation. E.g. &quot;Europe/Zurich&quot;. Required.
         },
         &quot;handlingBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be handled. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
@@ -1780,7 +1780,7 @@
         &quot;minHandlingTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days spent before an order is shipped. 0 means same day shipped, 1 means next day shipped.
         &quot;minTransitTimeInDays&quot;: 42, # Minimum number of business days that is spent in transit. 0 means same day delivery, 1 means next day delivery. Either `{min,max}TransitTimeInDays` or `transitTimeTable` must be set, but not both.
         &quot;transitBusinessDayConfig&quot;: { # The business days during which orders can be in-transit. If not provided, Monday to Friday business days will be assumed.
-          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days. May not be empty.
+          &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
index 96acf9c..4f71a3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1.projects.html
@@ -248,40 +248,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -299,40 +266,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -350,40 +284,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
     },
@@ -602,40 +503,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -659,40 +527,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -790,7 +625,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -829,7 +681,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -890,7 +759,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -977,40 +863,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-              },
-              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-                },
-                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-            },
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -1049,7 +902,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
index 6813001..5bd9b36 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datastore_v1beta3.projects.html
@@ -232,40 +232,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;update&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to update. The entity must already exist. Must have a complete key path.
@@ -283,40 +250,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;upsert&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # The entity to upsert. The entity may or may not already exist. The entity key&#x27;s final path element may be incomplete.
@@ -334,40 +268,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
     },
@@ -480,40 +381,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -537,40 +405,7 @@
           ],
         },
         &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                # Object with schema name: Value
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-            &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-            &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-            &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-            &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-            &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-              &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-              &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-            },
-            &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-            &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-              },
-              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                },
-              ],
-            },
-            &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-            &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-            &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-            &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-          },
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
         },
       },
       &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -668,7 +503,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -707,7 +559,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -768,7 +637,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
@@ -855,40 +741,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-            &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types and associated metadata.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot contain another array value. A `Value` instance that sets field `array_value` must not set fields `meaning` or `exclude_from_indexes`.
-                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array. The order of values in an array is preserved as long as all values have identical settings for &#x27;exclude_from_indexes&#x27;.
-                  # Object with schema name: Value
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
-              &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-              &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-              &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
-              &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
-              &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-              },
-              &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-              &quot;keyValue&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # A key value.
-                &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
-                  &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
-                  &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
-                },
-                &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
-                  { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
-                    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
-                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;meaning&quot;: 42, # The `meaning` field should only be populated for backwards compatibility.
-              &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-              &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A UTF-8 encoded string value. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false (it is indexed) , may have at most 1500 bytes. Otherwise, may be set to at most 1,000,000 bytes.
-              &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. When stored in the Datastore, precise only to microseconds; any additional precision is rounded down.
-            },
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
           },
         },
         &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the entity, a strictly positive number that monotonically increases with changes to the entity. This field is set for `FULL` entity results. For missing entities in `LookupResponse`, this is the version of the snapshot that was used to look up the entity, and it is always set except for eventually consistent reads.
@@ -927,7 +780,24 @@
           &quot;blobValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A blob value. May have at most 1,000,000 bytes. When `exclude_from_indexes` is false, may have at most 1500 bytes. In JSON requests, must be base64-encoded.
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-          &quot;entityValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: Entity # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+          &quot;entityValue&quot;: { # A Datastore data object. An entity is limited to 1 megabyte when stored. That _roughly_ corresponds to a limit of 1 megabyte for the serialized form of this message. # An entity value. - May have no key. - May have a key with an incomplete key path. - May have a reserved/read-only key.
+            &quot;key&quot;: { # A unique identifier for an entity. If a key&#x27;s partition ID or any of its path kinds or names are reserved/read-only, the key is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only key is forbidden in certain documented contexts. # The entity&#x27;s key. An entity must have a key, unless otherwise documented (for example, an entity in `Value.entity_value` may have no key). An entity&#x27;s kind is its key path&#x27;s last element&#x27;s kind, or null if it has no key.
+              &quot;partitionId&quot;: { # A partition ID identifies a grouping of entities. The grouping is always by project and namespace, however the namespace ID may be empty. A partition ID contains several dimensions: project ID and namespace ID. Partition dimensions: - May be `&quot;&quot;`. - Must be valid UTF-8 bytes. - Must have values that match regex `[A-Za-z\d\.\-_]{1,100}` If the value of any dimension matches regex `__.*__`, the partition is reserved/read-only. A reserved/read-only partition ID is forbidden in certain documented contexts. Foreign partition IDs (in which the project ID does not match the context project ID ) are discouraged. Reads and writes of foreign partition IDs may fail if the project is not in an active state. # Entities are partitioned into subsets, currently identified by a project ID and namespace ID. Queries are scoped to a single partition.
+                &quot;namespaceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If not empty, the ID of the namespace to which the entities belong.
+                &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the project to which the entities belong.
+              },
+              &quot;path&quot;: [ # The entity path. An entity path consists of one or more elements composed of a kind and a string or numerical identifier, which identify entities. The first element identifies a _root entity_, the second element identifies a _child_ of the root entity, the third element identifies a child of the second entity, and so forth. The entities identified by all prefixes of the path are called the element&#x27;s _ancestors_. An entity path is always fully complete: *all* of the entity&#x27;s ancestors are required to be in the path along with the entity identifier itself. The only exception is that in some documented cases, the identifier in the last path element (for the entity) itself may be omitted. For example, the last path element of the key of `Mutation.insert` may have no identifier. A path can never be empty, and a path can have at most 100 elements.
+                { # A (kind, ID/name) pair used to construct a key path. If either name or ID is set, the element is complete. If neither is set, the element is incomplete.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The auto-allocated ID of the entity. Never equal to zero. Values less than zero are discouraged and may not be supported in the future.
+                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kind of the entity. A kind matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A kind must not contain more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the entity. A name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved/read-only. A name must not be more than 1500 bytes when UTF-8 encoded. Cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;properties&quot;: { # The entity&#x27;s properties. The map&#x27;s keys are property names. A property name matching regex `__.*__` is reserved. A reserved property name is forbidden in certain documented contexts. The name must not contain more than 500 characters. The name cannot be `&quot;&quot;`.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
+            },
+          },
           &quot;excludeFromIndexes&quot;: True or False, # If the value should be excluded from all indexes including those defined explicitly.
           &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
             &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.experiments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.experiments.html
index bedf720..edaf4c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.experiments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.experiments.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -159,6 +159,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -202,7 +219,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -228,6 +245,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -296,7 +330,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -322,6 +356,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -376,7 +427,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
       &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-      &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+      &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
       &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
       &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -402,6 +453,23 @@
           },
         ],
       },
+      &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+        &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+        &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+        &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+          { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+            &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+            &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+      &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+        &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+        &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+      },
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
       &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -464,7 +532,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -490,6 +558,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -534,7 +619,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -560,6 +645,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -616,7 +718,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -642,6 +744,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -698,7 +817,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment/rollout. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -724,6 +843,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.experiments.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.experiments.html
index 03ed07d..030f530 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.experiments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.experiments.html
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -159,6 +159,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -202,7 +219,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -228,6 +245,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -296,7 +330,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -322,6 +356,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -376,7 +427,7 @@
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
       &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-      &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+      &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
       &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
       &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -402,6 +453,23 @@
           },
         ],
       },
+      &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+        &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+        &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+        &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+          { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+            &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+            &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+            &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+      &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+        &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+        &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+        &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+      },
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
       &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -464,7 +532,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -490,6 +558,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -534,7 +619,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -560,6 +645,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -616,7 +718,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -642,6 +744,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
@@ -698,7 +817,7 @@
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable description of the experiment.
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the experiment (unique in an environment). Limit of 64 characters.
   &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # End time of this experiment.
-  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # LINT.IfChange(default_experiment_length) Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days. LINT.ThenChange(//depot/google3/cloud/ml/api/conversation/analytics/compute.cc:default_experiment_length)
+  &quot;experimentLength&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Maximum number of days to run the experiment. If auto-rollout is not enabled, default value and maximum will be 30 days. If auto-rollout is enabled, default value and maximum will be 6 days.
   &quot;lastUpdateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Last update time of this experiment.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the experiment. Format: projects//locations//agents//environments//experiments/..
   &quot;result&quot;: { # The inference result which includes an objective metric to optimize and the confidence interval. # Inference result of the experiment.
@@ -724,6 +843,23 @@
       },
     ],
   },
+  &quot;rolloutConfig&quot;: { # The configuration for auto rollout. # The configuration for auto rollout. If set, there should be exactly two variants in the experiment (control variant being the default version of the flow), the traffic allocation for the non-control variant will gradually increase to 100% when conditions are met, and eventually replace the control variant to become the default version of the flow.
+    &quot;failureCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the failure of a rollout step. If not specified, no rollout steps will fail. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &lt; 10% OR average_turn_count &lt; 3&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutCondition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The conditions that are used to evaluate the success of a rollout step. If not specified, all rollout steps will proceed to the next one unless failure conditions are met. E.g. &quot;containment_rate &gt; 60% AND callback_rate &lt; 20%&quot;. See the [conditions reference](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/cx/docs/reference/condition).
+    &quot;rolloutSteps&quot;: [ # Steps to roll out a flow version. Steps should be sorted by percentage in ascending order.
+      { # A single rollout step with specified traffic allocation.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the rollout step;
+        &quot;minDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum time that this step should last. Should be longer than 1 hour. If not set, the default minimum duration for each step will be 1 hour.
+        &quot;trafficPercent&quot;: 42, # The percentage of traffic allocated to the flow version of this rollout step. (0%, 100%].
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;rolloutFailureReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason why rollout has failed. Should only be set when state is ROLLOUT_FAILED.
+  &quot;rolloutState&quot;: { # State of the auto-rollout process. # State of the auto rollout process.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of the current step.
+    &quot;step&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the current auto rollout step.
+    &quot;stepIndex&quot;: 42, # Index of the current step in the auto rollout steps list.
+  },
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time of this experiment.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current state of the experiment. Transition triggered by Experiments.StartExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;RUNNING. Transition triggered by Experiments.CancelExperiment: DRAFT-&gt;DONE or RUNNING-&gt;DONE.
   &quot;variantsHistory&quot;: [ # The history of updates to the experiment variants.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
index c1bef3f..a1a9a27 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -559,7 +559,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -746,7 +746,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -833,7 +833,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -987,7 +987,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1479,7 +1479,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index 7f93c69..b457fb8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -261,7 +261,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -674,7 +674,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 22e753d..f9ecd72 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -563,7 +563,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -736,7 +736,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -823,7 +823,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1056,7 +1056,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1232,7 +1232,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1469,7 +1469,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
index c4d3338..6e7518b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
         &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
           { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
             &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
             &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
           },
         ],
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@
         &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
           { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
             &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
             &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
           },
         ],
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
index 93f8083..363e576 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@
         &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
           { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
             &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
             &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
           },
         ],
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -631,7 +631,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -681,7 +681,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -695,7 +695,7 @@
         &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
           { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
             &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+            &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
             &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
           },
         ],
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
index dcf9417..b99e6a8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
     { # Response message for fetch processor types.
   &quot;processorTypes&quot;: [ # The list of processor types.
-    { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we&#x27;ll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the &#x27;US&#x27; or &#x27;EU&#x27; endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor with &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field only containing &#x27;US&#x27;. So the user can try to create an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor under the location &#x27;US&#x27;. Such attempt of creating under the location &#x27;EU&#x27; will fail. Next ID: 7.
+    { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we&#x27;ll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the &#x27;US&#x27; or &#x27;EU&#x27; endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor with &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field only containing &#x27;US&#x27;. So the user can try to create an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor under the location &#x27;US&#x27;. Such attempt of creating under the location &#x27;EU&#x27; will fail. Next ID: 8.
       &quot;allowCreation&quot;: True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to require for whitelisting.
       &quot;availableLocations&quot;: [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
         { # The location information about where the processor is available.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
index 17d53c5..b641495 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -651,7 +651,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -804,7 +804,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -977,7 +977,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -1202,7 +1202,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1281,7 +1281,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1368,7 +1368,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1457,7 +1457,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1694,7 +1694,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -2014,7 +2014,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2101,7 +2101,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2190,7 +2190,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2254,7 +2254,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -2427,7 +2427,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2514,7 +2514,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
index c9deae7..c3b84cd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -760,7 +760,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1218,7 +1218,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
index 0beb32b..60c8c0d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -558,7 +558,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -970,7 +970,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1136,7 +1136,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1549,7 +1549,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
@@ -1703,7 +1703,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1869,7 +1869,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2008,7 +2008,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2022,7 +2022,7 @@
           &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
             { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
               &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+              &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
               &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
             },
           ],
@@ -2195,7 +2195,7 @@
               &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
                 { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                   &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                  &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                   &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2282,7 +2282,7 @@
             &quot;parents&quot;: [ # References to the original elements that are replaced.
               { # Structure for referencing parent provenances. When an element replaces one of more other elements parent references identify the elements that are replaced.
                 &quot;id&quot;: 42, # The id of the parent provenance.
-                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent revisions corresponding collection of items (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.)
+                &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.
                 &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The index of the [Document.revisions] identifying the parent revision.
               },
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index ff2a367..a400863 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/file_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
   &quot;fileShares&quot;: [ # File system shares on the instance. For this version, only a single file share is supported.
     { # File share configuration for the instance.
       &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # File share capacity in gigabytes (GB). Cloud Filestore defines 1 GB as 1024^3 bytes.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for High Scale SSD tier, 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for Enterprise and High Scale SSD tiers and 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
       &quot;nfsExportOptions&quot;: [ # Nfs Export Options. There is a limit of 10 export options per file share.
         { # NFS export options specifications.
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Named Address Range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. For both cases, the range value (direct CIDR value or the range value with which the named range was created) must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
   &quot;fileShares&quot;: [ # File system shares on the instance. For this version, only a single file share is supported.
     { # File share configuration for the instance.
       &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # File share capacity in gigabytes (GB). Cloud Filestore defines 1 GB as 1024^3 bytes.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for High Scale SSD tier, 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for Enterprise and High Scale SSD tiers and 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
       &quot;nfsExportOptions&quot;: [ # Nfs Export Options. There is a limit of 10 export options per file share.
         { # NFS export options specifications.
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Named Address Range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. For both cases, the range value (direct CIDR value or the range value with which the named range was created) must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -315,7 +315,7 @@
       &quot;fileShares&quot;: [ # File system shares on the instance. For this version, only a single file share is supported.
         { # File share configuration for the instance.
           &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # File share capacity in gigabytes (GB). Cloud Filestore defines 1 GB as 1024^3 bytes.
-          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for High Scale SSD tier, 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for Enterprise and High Scale SSD tiers and 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
           &quot;nfsExportOptions&quot;: [ # Nfs Export Options. There is a limit of 10 export options per file share.
             { # NFS export options specifications.
               &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
           &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-          &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Named Address Range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. For both cases, the range value (direct CIDR value or the range value with which the named range was created) must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+          &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
         },
       ],
       &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
   &quot;fileShares&quot;: [ # File system shares on the instance. For this version, only a single file share is supported.
     { # File share configuration for the instance.
       &quot;capacityGb&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # File share capacity in gigabytes (GB). Cloud Filestore defines 1 GB as 1024^3 bytes.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for High Scale SSD tier, 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the file share (must be 32 characters or less for Enterprise and High Scale SSD tiers and 16 characters or less for all other tiers).
       &quot;nfsExportOptions&quot;: [ # Nfs Export Options. There is a limit of 10 export options per file share.
         { # NFS export options specifications.
           &quot;accessMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Either READ_ONLY, for allowing only read requests on the exported directory, or READ_WRITE, for allowing both read and write requests. The default is READ_WRITE.
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;network&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Google Compute Engine [VPC network](/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the instance is connected.
-      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Named Address Range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. For both cases, the range value (direct CIDR value or the range value with which the named range was created) must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
+      &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional, reserved_ip_range can have one of the following two types of values. * CIDR range value when using DIRECT_PEERING connect mode. * [Allocated IP address range](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/ip-addresses/reserve-static-internal-ip-address) when using PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS connect mode. When the name of an allocated IP address range is specified, it must be one of the ranges associated with the private service access connection. When specified as a direct CIDR value, it must be a /29 CIDR block for Basic tier or a /23 CIDR block for High Scale or Enterprise tier in one of the [internal IP address ranges](https://www.arin.net/knowledge/address_filters.html) that identifies the range of IP addresses reserved for this instance. For example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/23. The range you specify can&#x27;t overlap with either existing subnets or assigned IP address ranges for other Cloud Filestore instances in the selected VPC network.
     },
   ],
   &quot;satisfiesPzs&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
index 50a3ac1..72e785a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaserules_v1.projects.releases.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer's deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be 'live' concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name | Ruleset Name --------------------------------|------------- projects/foo/releases/prod | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/beta | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The table reflects the `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer's deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be 'live' concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name -> Ruleset Name * projects/foo/releases/prod -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/beta -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 -> projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The relationships reflect a `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Delete a `Release` by resource name.</p>
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer&#x27;s deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be &#x27;live&#x27; concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name | Ruleset Name --------------------------------|------------- projects/foo/releases/prod | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/beta | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 | projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The table reflects the `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.
+  <pre>Create a `Release`. Release names should reflect the developer&#x27;s deployment practices. For example, the release name may include the environment name, application name, application version, or any other name meaningful to the developer. Once a `Release` refers to a `Ruleset`, the rules can be enforced by Firebase Rules-enabled services. More than one `Release` may be &#x27;live&#x27; concurrently. Consider the following three `Release` names for `projects/foo` and the `Ruleset` to which they refer. Release Name -&gt; Ruleset Name * projects/foo/releases/prod -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/beta -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid123 * projects/foo/releases/prod/v23 -&gt; projects/foo/rulesets/uuid456 The relationships reflect a `Ruleset` rollout in progress. The `prod` and `prod/beta` releases refer to the same `Ruleset`. However, `prod/v23` refers to a new `Ruleset`. The `Ruleset` reference for a `Release` may be updated using the UpdateRelease method.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name for the project which owns this `Release`. Format: `projects/{project_id}` (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
index 5887319..02464f5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firestore_v1.projects.databases.documents.html
@@ -175,7 +175,11 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -230,31 +234,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -274,7 +263,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -294,7 +287,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -315,26 +312,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -345,7 +323,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -377,31 +359,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -421,7 +388,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -441,7 +412,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -462,26 +437,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -515,7 +471,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -603,31 +563,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -647,7 +592,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -667,7 +616,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -688,26 +641,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -718,7 +652,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -750,31 +688,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -794,7 +717,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -814,7 +741,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -835,26 +766,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -878,7 +790,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -918,7 +834,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -956,7 +876,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1022,7 +946,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1075,7 +1003,11 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1185,7 +1117,11 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1233,7 +1169,11 @@
           &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
           &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
             { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1267,7 +1207,11 @@
             },
             &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
             &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1320,7 +1264,11 @@
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
       &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1406,7 +1354,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1454,7 +1406,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1488,7 +1444,11 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1533,7 +1493,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1585,7 +1549,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1625,7 +1593,11 @@
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
   &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+      &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+          # Object with schema name: Value
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
       &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
       &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1699,7 +1671,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1747,7 +1723,11 @@
       &quot;before&quot;: True or False, # If the position is just before or just after the given values, relative to the sort order defined by the query.
       &quot;values&quot;: [ # The values that represent a position, in the order they appear in the order by clause of a query. Can contain fewer values than specified in the order by clause.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1781,7 +1761,11 @@
         },
         &quot;op&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operator to filter by.
         &quot;value&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # The value to compare to.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1825,7 +1809,11 @@
     &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
     &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+        &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+            # Object with schema name: Value
+          ],
+        },
         &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
         &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
         &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1882,31 +1870,16 @@
           { # A transformation of a field of the document.
             &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
             &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1926,7 +1899,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1946,7 +1923,11 @@
               &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
             },
             &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+                &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                  # Object with schema name: Value
+                ],
+              },
               &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
               &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
               &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -1967,26 +1948,7 @@
             },
             &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
               &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-                { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                  &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                  &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                  &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                  &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                    &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                    &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                  },
-                  &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                  &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                    &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                  &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                  &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                  &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-                },
+                # Object with schema name: Value
               ],
             },
             &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -1997,7 +1959,11 @@
         &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the document was created. This value increases monotonically when a document is deleted then recreated. It can also be compared to values from other documents and the `read_time` of a query.
         &quot;fields&quot;: { # The document&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. A simple field name contains only characters `a` to `z`, `A` to `Z`, `0` to `9`, or `_`, and must not start with `0` to `9`. For example, `foo_bar_17`. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty. Field paths may be used in other contexts to refer to structured fields defined here. For `map_value`, the field path is represented by the simple or quoted field names of the containing fields, delimited by `.`. For example, the structured field `&quot;foo&quot; : { map_value: { &quot;x&amp;y&quot; : { string_value: &quot;hello&quot; }}}` would be represented by the field path `foo.x&amp;y`. Within a field path, a quoted field name starts and ends with `` ` `` and may contain any character. Some characters, including `` ` ``, must be escaped using a `\`. For example, `` `x&amp;y` `` represents `x&amp;y` and `` `bak\`tik` `` represents `` bak`tik ``.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2029,31 +1995,16 @@
         { # A transformation of a field of the document.
           &quot;appendMissingElements&quot;: { # An array value. # Append the given elements in order if they are not already present in the current field value. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is first set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when checking if a value is missing. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. If the input contains multiple equivalent values, only the first will be considered. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;fieldPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The path of the field. See Document.fields for the field path syntax reference.
           &quot;increment&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Adds the given value to the field&#x27;s current value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If either of the given value or the current field value are doubles, both values will be interpreted as doubles. Double arithmetic and representation of double values follow IEEE 754 semantics. If there is positive/negative integer overflow, the field is resolved to the largest magnitude positive/negative integer.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2073,7 +2024,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;maximum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the maximum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the given value. If a maximum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the larger operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The maximum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The maximum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2093,7 +2048,11 @@
             &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
           },
           &quot;minimum&quot;: { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types. # Sets the field to the minimum of its current value and the given value. This must be an integer or a double value. If the field is not an integer or double, or if the field does not yet exist, the transformation will set the field to the input value. If a minimum operation is applied where the field and the input value are of mixed types (that is - one is an integer and one is a double) the field takes on the type of the smaller operand. If the operands are equivalent (e.g. 3 and 3.0), the field does not change. 0, 0.0, and -0.0 are all zero. The minimum of a zero stored value and zero input value is always the stored value. The minimum of any numeric value x and NaN is NaN.
-            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+              &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+                # Object with schema name: Value
+              ],
+            },
             &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
             &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
             &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
@@ -2114,26 +2073,7 @@
           },
           &quot;removeAllFromArray&quot;: { # An array value. # Remove all of the given elements from the array in the field. If the field is not an array, or if the field does not yet exist, it is set to the empty array. Equivalent numbers of the different types (e.g. 3L and 3.0) are considered equal when deciding whether an element should be removed. NaN is equal to NaN, and Null is equal to Null. This will remove all equivalent values if there are duplicates. The corresponding transform_result will be the null value.
             &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
-              { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-                &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
-                &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
-                &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
-                &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
-                &quot;geoPointValue&quot;: { # An object that represents a latitude/longitude pair. This is expressed as a pair of doubles to represent degrees latitude and degrees longitude. Unless specified otherwise, this object must conform to the WGS84 standard. Values must be within normalized ranges. # A geo point value representing a point on the surface of Earth.
-                  &quot;latitude&quot;: 3.14, # The latitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-90.0, +90.0].
-                  &quot;longitude&quot;: 3.14, # The longitude in degrees. It must be in the range [-180.0, +180.0].
-                },
-                &quot;integerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An integer value.
-                &quot;mapValue&quot;: { # A map value. # A map value.
-                  &quot;fields&quot;: { # The map&#x27;s fields. The map keys represent field names. Field names matching the regular expression `__.*__` are reserved. Reserved field names are forbidden except in certain documented contexts. The map keys, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1,500 bytes and cannot be empty.
-                    &quot;a_key&quot;: # Object with schema name: Value
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;nullValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A null value.
-                &quot;referenceValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A reference to a document. For example: `projects/{project_id}/databases/{database_id}/documents/{document_path}`.
-                &quot;stringValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string value. The string, represented as UTF-8, must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes of the UTF-8 representation are considered by queries.
-                &quot;timestampValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A timestamp value. Precise only to microseconds. When stored, any additional precision is rounded down.
-              },
+              # Object with schema name: Value
             ],
           },
           &quot;setToServerValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sets the field to the given server value.
@@ -2159,7 +2099,11 @@
     { # The result of applying a write.
       &quot;transformResults&quot;: [ # The results of applying each DocumentTransform.FieldTransform, in the same order.
         { # A message that can hold any of the supported value types.
-          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: # Object with schema name: ArrayValue # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+          &quot;arrayValue&quot;: { # An array value. # An array value. Cannot directly contain another array value, though can contain an map which contains another array.
+            &quot;values&quot;: [ # Values in the array.
+              # Object with schema name: Value
+            ],
+          },
           &quot;booleanValue&quot;: True or False, # A boolean value.
           &quot;bytesValue&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A bytes value. Must not exceed 1 MiB - 89 bytes. Only the first 1,500 bytes are considered by queries.
           &quot;doubleValue&quot;: 3.14, # A double value.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md
index f1c27c3..05280ec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/index.md
+++ b/docs/dyn/index.md
@@ -288,6 +288,10 @@
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/compute_v1.html)
 
 
+## contactcenterinsights
+* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.html)
+
+
 ## container
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/container_v1.html)
 * [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.html)
@@ -798,7 +802,6 @@
 ## run
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/run_v1.html)
 * [v1alpha1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.html)
-* [v1beta1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/run_v1beta1.html)
 
 
 ## runtimeconfig
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.buckets.html
index 2a04fa4..195d0cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.buckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.buckets.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a log bucket.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -93,10 +93,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a bucket.
+  <pre>Gets a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -105,13 +105,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.buckets.views.html
index 804a0aa..31b1974 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.buckets.views.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.buckets.views.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a view.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a view on a log bucket..</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -88,10 +88,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a view.
+  <pre>Gets a view on a log bucket..
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -100,11 +100,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.exclusions.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.exclusions.html
index bcda688..85c8c7a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.exclusions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.exclusions.html
@@ -106,15 +106,15 @@
   <pre>Creates a new exclusion in a specified parent resource. Only log entries belonging to that resource can be excluded. You can have up to 10 exclusions in a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -127,11 +127,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
   <pre>Gets the description of an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -169,11 +169,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@
 
     { # Result returned from ListExclusions.
   &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # A list of exclusions.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
@@ -229,15 +229,15 @@
   <pre>Changes one or more properties of an existing exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.html
index 6beadf0..0840e7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.html
@@ -84,22 +84,22 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket's lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists buckets.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists log buckets.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -108,20 +108,20 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.
+  <pre>Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the log bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -137,13 +137,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -153,10 +153,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
+  <pre>Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket&#x27;s lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists buckets.
+  <pre>Lists log buckets.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose buckets are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified, but supplying the character - in place of LOCATION_ID will return all buckets. (required)
@@ -187,13 +187,13 @@
 
     { # The response from ListBuckets.
   &quot;buckets&quot;: [ # A list of buckets.
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
       &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -220,27 +220,27 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.
+  <pre>Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. Also requires permission &quot;resourcemanager.projects.updateLiens&quot; to set the locked property (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=retention_days.
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see: https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=retention_days
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -249,13 +249,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -265,10 +265,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
+  <pre>Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.views.html
index 1ec1edc..e05c838 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.views.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.locations.buckets.views.html
@@ -79,19 +79,19 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a view from a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a view on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists views on a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists views on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -100,18 +100,18 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
+  <pre>Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view `&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;` For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
@@ -124,21 +124,21 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a view from a bucket.
+  <pre>Deletes a view on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -153,11 +153,11 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists views on a bucket.
+  <pre>Lists views on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The bucket whose views are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;  (required)
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -170,11 +170,11 @@
     { # The response from ListViews.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;views&quot;: [ # A list of views.
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
     },
   ],
@@ -197,22 +197,22 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
+  <pre>Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -221,11 +221,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html
index 3897a68..7381589 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.billingAccounts.sinks.html
@@ -109,38 +109,38 @@
   <pre>Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink&#x27;s writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
-  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
+  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -149,31 +149,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes a sink. If the sink has a unique writer_identity, then that service account is also deleted.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a sink.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -209,31 +209,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -256,31 +256,31 @@
     { # Result returned from ListSinks.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;sinks&quot;: [ # A list of sinks.
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
       &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
       },
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
       &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
           &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
           &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -305,39 +305,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -346,31 +346,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -379,39 +379,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -420,31 +420,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
index fa2d57b..7a4df63 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.entries.html
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#copy">copy(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Copies a set of log entries from a logging bucket to a Cloud Storage bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Copies a set of log entries from a log bucket to a Cloud Storage bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists log entries. Use this method to retrieve log entries that originated from a project/folder/organization/billing account. For ways to export log entries, see Exporting Logs (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/export).</p>
@@ -100,16 +100,16 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="copy">copy(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Copies a set of log entries from a logging bucket to a Cloud Storage bucket.
+  <pre>Copies a set of log entries from a log bucket to a Cloud Storage bucket.
 
 Args:
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The parameters to CopyLogEntries.
-  &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Destination to which to copy logs.
+  &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Destination to which to copy log entries.
   &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A filter specifying which log entries to copy. The filter must be no more than 20k characters. An empty filter matches all log entries.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket from which to copy logs. e.g. &quot;projects/my-project/locations/my-location/buckets/my-source-bucket
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Log bucket from which to copy log entries.For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-source-bucket&quot;
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.exclusions.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.exclusions.html
index 044f1db..f42a405 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.exclusions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.exclusions.html
@@ -106,15 +106,15 @@
   <pre>Creates a new exclusion in a specified parent resource. Only log entries belonging to that resource can be excluded. You can have up to 10 exclusions in a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -127,11 +127,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
   <pre>Gets the description of an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -169,11 +169,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@
 
     { # Result returned from ListExclusions.
   &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # A list of exclusions.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
@@ -229,15 +229,15 @@
   <pre>Changes one or more properties of an existing exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.exclusions.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.exclusions.html
index 7c18f88..ba514fd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.exclusions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.exclusions.html
@@ -106,15 +106,15 @@
   <pre>Creates a new exclusion in a specified parent resource. Only log entries belonging to that resource can be excluded. You can have up to 10 exclusions in a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -127,11 +127,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
   <pre>Gets the description of an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -169,11 +169,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@
 
     { # Result returned from ListExclusions.
   &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # A list of exclusions.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
@@ -229,15 +229,15 @@
   <pre>Changes one or more properties of an existing exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.html
index 135108a..3884f61 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.html
@@ -84,25 +84,25 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket's lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists buckets.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists log buckets.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -111,20 +111,20 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.
+  <pre>Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the log bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -140,13 +140,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
+  <pre>Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket&#x27;s lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -174,10 +174,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a bucket.
+  <pre>Gets a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -186,13 +186,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists buckets.
+  <pre>Lists log buckets.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose buckets are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified, but supplying the character - in place of LOCATION_ID will return all buckets. (required)
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@
 
     { # The response from ListBuckets.
   &quot;buckets&quot;: [ # A list of buckets.
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
       &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -251,27 +251,27 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.
+  <pre>Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. Also requires permission &quot;resourcemanager.projects.updateLiens&quot; to set the locked property (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=retention_days.
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see: https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=retention_days
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -280,13 +280,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -296,10 +296,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
+  <pre>Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.views.html
index 2639183..28f4c42 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.views.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.locations.buckets.views.html
@@ -79,22 +79,22 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a view from a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a view on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a view.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a view on a log bucket..</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists views on a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists views on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,18 +103,18 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
+  <pre>Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view `&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;` For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
@@ -127,21 +127,21 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a view from a bucket.
+  <pre>Deletes a view on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a view.
+  <pre>Gets a view on a log bucket..
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -168,22 +168,22 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists views on a bucket.
+  <pre>Lists views on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The bucket whose views are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;  (required)
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
     { # The response from ListViews.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;views&quot;: [ # A list of views.
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
     },
   ],
@@ -223,22 +223,22 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
+  <pre>Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html
index 2de3204..2d1a69b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.folders.sinks.html
@@ -109,38 +109,38 @@
   <pre>Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink&#x27;s writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
-  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
+  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -149,31 +149,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes a sink. If the sink has a unique writer_identity, then that service account is also deleted.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a sink.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -209,31 +209,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -256,31 +256,31 @@
     { # Result returned from ListSinks.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;sinks&quot;: [ # A list of sinks.
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
       &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
       },
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
       &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
           &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
           &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -305,39 +305,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -346,31 +346,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -379,39 +379,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -420,31 +420,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.html
index 1e501d3..6d950fa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.html
@@ -84,25 +84,25 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket's lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists buckets.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists log buckets.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -111,20 +111,20 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.
+  <pre>Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the log bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -140,13 +140,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
+  <pre>Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket&#x27;s lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -174,10 +174,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a bucket.
+  <pre>Gets a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -186,13 +186,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists buckets.
+  <pre>Lists log buckets.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose buckets are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified, but supplying the character - in place of LOCATION_ID will return all buckets. (required)
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@
 
     { # The response from ListBuckets.
   &quot;buckets&quot;: [ # A list of buckets.
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
       &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -251,27 +251,27 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.
+  <pre>Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. Also requires permission &quot;resourcemanager.projects.updateLiens&quot; to set the locked property (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=retention_days.
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see: https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=retention_days
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -280,13 +280,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -296,10 +296,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
+  <pre>Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.views.html
index e77b2a9..d06be98 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.views.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.locations.buckets.views.html
@@ -79,22 +79,22 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a view from a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a view on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a view.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a view on a log bucket..</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists views on a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists views on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,18 +103,18 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
+  <pre>Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view `&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;` For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
@@ -127,21 +127,21 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a view from a bucket.
+  <pre>Deletes a view on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a view.
+  <pre>Gets a view on a log bucket..
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -168,22 +168,22 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists views on a bucket.
+  <pre>Lists views on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The bucket whose views are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;  (required)
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
     { # The response from ListViews.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;views&quot;: [ # A list of views.
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
     },
   ],
@@ -223,22 +223,22 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
+  <pre>Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.exclusions.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.exclusions.html
index e55eaa1..034c696 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.exclusions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.exclusions.html
@@ -106,15 +106,15 @@
   <pre>Creates a new exclusion in a specified parent resource. Only log entries belonging to that resource can be excluded. You can have up to 10 exclusions in a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -127,11 +127,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
   <pre>Gets the description of an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -169,11 +169,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@
 
     { # Result returned from ListExclusions.
   &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # A list of exclusions.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
@@ -229,15 +229,15 @@
   <pre>Changes one or more properties of an existing exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.html
index 61f1f9d..b985820 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.html
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
   <pre>Gets the Logs Router CMEK settings for the given resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource for which to retrieve CMEK settings. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; Example: &quot;organizations/12345/cmekSettings&quot;.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource for which to retrieve CMEK settings. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; For example:&quot;organizations/12345/cmekSettings&quot;Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
-  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION/keyRings/KEYRING/cryptoKeys/KEY&quot;For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-region/keyRings/key-ring-name/cryptoKeys/key-name&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the CMEK settings.
   &quot;serviceAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service account that will be used by the Logs Router to access your Cloud KMS key.Before enabling CMEK for Logs Router, you must first assign the role roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter to the service account that the Logs Router will use to access your Cloud KMS key. Use GetCmekSettings to obtain the service account ID.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 }</pre>
@@ -135,17 +135,17 @@
   <pre>Updates the Logs Router CMEK settings for the given resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.UpdateCmekSettings will fail if 1) kms_key_name is invalid, or 2) the associated service account does not have the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key, or 3) access to the key is disabled.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for the CMEK settings to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; Example: &quot;organizations/12345/cmekSettings&quot;.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name for the CMEK settings to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; For example:&quot;organizations/12345/cmekSettings&quot;Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
-  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION/keyRings/KEYRING/cryptoKeys/KEY&quot;For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-region/keyRings/key-ring-name/cryptoKeys/key-name&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the CMEK settings.
   &quot;serviceAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service account that will be used by the Logs Router to access your Cloud KMS key.Before enabling CMEK for Logs Router, you must first assign the role roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter to the service account that the Logs Router will use to access your Cloud KMS key. Use GetCmekSettings to obtain the service account ID.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask identifying which fields from cmek_settings should be updated. A field will be overwritten if and only if it is in the update mask. Output only fields cannot be updated.See FieldMask for more information.Example: &quot;updateMask=kmsKeyName&quot;
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask identifying which fields from cmek_settings should be updated. A field will be overwritten if and only if it is in the update mask. Output only fields cannot be updated.See FieldMask for more information.For example: &quot;updateMask=kmsKeyName&quot;
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
-  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION/keyRings/KEYRING/cryptoKeys/KEY&quot;For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-region/keyRings/key-ring-name/cryptoKeys/key-name&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the CMEK settings.
   &quot;serviceAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service account that will be used by the Logs Router to access your Cloud KMS key.Before enabling CMEK for Logs Router, you must first assign the role roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter to the service account that the Logs Router will use to access your Cloud KMS key. Use GetCmekSettings to obtain the service account ID.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.html
index 5ec17bb..327af51 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.html
@@ -84,25 +84,25 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket's lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists buckets.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists log buckets.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -111,20 +111,20 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.
+  <pre>Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the log bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -140,13 +140,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
+  <pre>Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket&#x27;s lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -174,10 +174,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a bucket.
+  <pre>Gets a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -186,13 +186,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists buckets.
+  <pre>Lists log buckets.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose buckets are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified, but supplying the character - in place of LOCATION_ID will return all buckets. (required)
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@
 
     { # The response from ListBuckets.
   &quot;buckets&quot;: [ # A list of buckets.
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
       &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -251,27 +251,27 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.
+  <pre>Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. Also requires permission &quot;resourcemanager.projects.updateLiens&quot; to set the locked property (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=retention_days.
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see: https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=retention_days
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -280,13 +280,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -296,10 +296,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
+  <pre>Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.views.html
index bebdc04..770d83b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.views.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.locations.buckets.views.html
@@ -79,22 +79,22 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a view from a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a view on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a view.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a view on a log bucket..</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists views on a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists views on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,18 +103,18 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
+  <pre>Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view `&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;` For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
@@ -127,21 +127,21 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a view from a bucket.
+  <pre>Deletes a view on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a view.
+  <pre>Gets a view on a log bucket..
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -168,22 +168,22 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists views on a bucket.
+  <pre>Lists views on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The bucket whose views are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;  (required)
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
     { # The response from ListViews.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;views&quot;: [ # A list of views.
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
     },
   ],
@@ -223,22 +223,22 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
+  <pre>Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html
index d232742..fec66f8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.organizations.sinks.html
@@ -109,38 +109,38 @@
   <pre>Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink&#x27;s writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
-  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
+  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -149,31 +149,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes a sink. If the sink has a unique writer_identity, then that service account is also deleted.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a sink.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -209,31 +209,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -256,31 +256,31 @@
     { # Result returned from ListSinks.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;sinks&quot;: [ # A list of sinks.
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
       &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
       },
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
       &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
           &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
           &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -305,39 +305,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -346,31 +346,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -379,39 +379,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -420,31 +420,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.exclusions.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.exclusions.html
index 36053e2..758b539 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.exclusions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.exclusions.html
@@ -106,15 +106,15 @@
   <pre>Creates a new exclusion in a specified parent resource. Only log entries belonging to that resource can be excluded. You can have up to 10 exclusions in a resource.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource in which to create the exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -127,11 +127,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
   <pre>Gets the description of an exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of an existing exclusion: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -169,11 +169,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
@@ -197,11 +197,11 @@
 
     { # Result returned from ListExclusions.
   &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # A list of exclusions.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
@@ -229,15 +229,15 @@
   <pre>Changes one or more properties of an existing exclusion.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/exclusions/my-exclusion-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the exclusion to update: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/exclusions/[EXCLUSION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/exclusions/my-exclusion&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+{ # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }
@@ -251,11 +251,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
   &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.html
index 1bc9c10..74186b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.html
@@ -84,25 +84,25 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket's lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists buckets.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists log buckets.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket's location cannot be changed.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -111,20 +111,20 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, bucketId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a bucket that can be used to store log entries. Once a bucket has been created, the region cannot be changed.
+  <pre>Creates a log bucket that can be used to store log entries. After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the log bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -140,13 +140,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a bucket. Moves the bucket to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all logs in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
+  <pre>Deletes a log bucket.Changes the bucket&#x27;s lifecycle_state to the DELETE_REQUESTED state. After 7 days, the bucket will be purged and all log entries in the bucket will be permanently deleted.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to delete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -174,10 +174,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a bucket.
+  <pre>Gets a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the bucket: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -186,13 +186,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists buckets.
+  <pre>Lists log buckets.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent resource whose buckets are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]&quot; Note: The locations portion of the resource must be specified, but supplying the character - in place of LOCATION_ID will return all buckets. (required)
@@ -218,13 +218,13 @@
 
     { # The response from ListBuckets.
   &quot;buckets&quot;: [ # A list of buckets.
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
       &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+      &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+      &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -251,27 +251,27 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a LifecycleState of DELETE_REQUESTED, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.A buckets region may not be modified after it is created.
+  <pre>Updates a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing bucket with values from the new bucket: retention_periodIf the retention period is decreased and the bucket is locked, FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.If the bucket has a lifecycle_state of DELETE_REQUESTED, then FAILED_PRECONDITION will be returned.After a bucket has been created, the bucket&#x27;s location cannot be changed.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. Also requires permission &quot;resourcemanager.projects.updateLiens&quot; to set the locked property (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a repository of logs.
+{ # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the bucket.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=retention_days.
+  updateMask: string, Required. Field mask that specifies the fields in bucket that need an update. A bucket field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see: https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=retention_days
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -280,13 +280,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a repository of logs.
+    { # Describes a repository in which log entries are stored.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the bucket. This is not set for any of the default buckets.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this bucket.
   &quot;lifecycleState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The bucket lifecycle state.
-  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket has been locked. The retention period on a locked bucket may not be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket. For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot; The supported locations are: global, us-central1, us-east1, us-west1, asia-east1, europe-west1.For the location of global it is unspecified where logs are actually stored. Once a bucket has been created, the location can not be changed.
-  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket. The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation. Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz.
+  &quot;locked&quot;: True or False, # Whether the bucket is locked.The retention period on a locked bucket cannot be changed. Locked buckets may only be deleted if they are empty.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the bucket.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucketFor a list of supported locations, see Supported Regions (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/region-support)For the location of global it is unspecified where log entries are actually stored.After a bucket has been created, the location cannot be changed.
+  &quot;restrictedFields&quot;: [ # Log entry field paths that are denied access in this bucket.The following fields and their children are eligible: textPayload, jsonPayload, protoPayload, httpRequest, labels, sourceLocation.Restricting a repeated field will restrict all values. Adding a parent will block all child fields. (e.g. foo.bar will block foo.bar.baz)
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;retentionDays&quot;: 42, # Logs will be retained by default for this amount of time, after which they will automatically be deleted. The minimum retention period is 1 day. If this value is set to zero at bucket creation time, the default time of 30 days will be used.
@@ -296,10 +296,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="undelete">undelete(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Undeletes a bucket. A bucket that has been deleted may be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
+  <pre>Undeletes a log bucket. A bucket that has been deleted can be undeleted within the grace period of 7 days.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the bucket to undelete. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.views.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.views.html
index 8131411..0f826e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.views.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.locations.buckets.views.html
@@ -79,22 +79,22 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a view from a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a view on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Gets a view.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a view on a log bucket..</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Lists views on a bucket.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists views on a log bucket.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -103,18 +103,18 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, viewId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Creates a view over logs in a bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
+  <pre>Creates a view over log entries in a log bucket. A bucket may contain a maximum of 50 views.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-logging-project/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The bucket in which to create the view `&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;` For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
@@ -127,21 +127,21 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a view from a bucket.
+  <pre>Deletes a view on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to delete: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -156,10 +156,10 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Gets a view.
+  <pre>Gets a view on a log bucket..
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the policy: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -168,22 +168,22 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Lists views on a bucket.
+  <pre>Lists views on a log bucket.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The bucket whose views are to be listed: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]&quot;  (required)
-  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request. Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of results to return from this request.Non-positive values are ignored. The presence of nextPageToken in the response indicates that more results might be available.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If present, then retrieve the next batch of results from the preceding call to this method. pageToken must be the value of nextPageToken from the previous response. The values of other method parameters should be identical to those in the previous call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@
     { # The response from ListViews.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;views&quot;: [ # A list of views.
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
     },
   ],
@@ -223,22 +223,22 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Updates a view. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
+  <pre>Updates a view on a log bucket. This method replaces the following fields in the existing view with values from the new view: filter.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view-id&quot;. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The full resource name of the view to update &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION_ID]/buckets/[BUCKET_ID]/views/[VIEW_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+{ # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in view that need an update. A field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -247,11 +247,11 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a view over logs in a bucket.
+    { # Describes a view over log entries in a bucket.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the view.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Describes this view.
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view. Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log id Example: SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view. For example &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-location/buckets/my-bucket-id/views/my-view
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Filter that restricts which log entries in a bucket are visible in this view.Filters are restricted to be a logical AND of ==/!= of any of the following: originating project/folder/organization/billing account. resource type log idFor example:SOURCE(&quot;projects/myproject&quot;) AND resource.type = &quot;gce_instance&quot; AND LOG_ID(&quot;stdout&quot;)
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the view.For example:projects/my-project/locations/global/buckets/my-bucket/views/my-view
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the view.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html
index e26e212..6f56c4b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.projects.sinks.html
@@ -109,38 +109,38 @@
   <pre>Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink&#x27;s writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
-  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
+  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -149,31 +149,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes a sink. If the sink has a unique writer_identity, then that service account is also deleted.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a sink.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -209,31 +209,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -256,31 +256,31 @@
     { # Result returned from ListSinks.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;sinks&quot;: [ # A list of sinks.
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
       &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
       },
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
       &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
           &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
           &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -305,39 +305,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -346,31 +346,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -379,39 +379,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -420,31 +420,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html
index cc15f37..9f68f54 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.sinks.html
@@ -106,38 +106,38 @@
   <pre>Creates a sink that exports specified log entries to a destination. The export of newly-ingested log entries begins immediately, unless the sink&#x27;s writer_identity is not permitted to write to the destination. A sink can export log entries only from the resource owning the sink.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; Examples: &quot;projects/my-logging-project&quot;, &quot;organizations/123456789&quot;. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The resource in which to create the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]&quot; For examples:&quot;projects/my-project&quot; &quot;organizations/123456789&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
-  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
+  uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. Determines the kind of IAM identity returned as writer_identity in the new sink. If this value is omitted or set to false, and if the sink&#x27;s parent is a project, then the value returned as writer_identity is the same group or service account used by Cloud Logging before the addition of writer identities to this API. The sink&#x27;s destination must be in the same project as the sink itself.If this field is set to true, or if the sink is owned by a non-project resource such as an organization, then the value of writer_identity will be a unique service account used only for exports from the new sink. For more information, see writer_identity in LogSink.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -146,31 +146,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@
   <pre>Deletes a sink. If the sink has a unique writer_identity, then that service account is also deleted.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to delete, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@
   <pre>Gets a sink.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The resource name of the sink: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -206,31 +206,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -253,31 +253,31 @@
     { # Result returned from ListSinks.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If there might be more results than appear in this response, then nextPageToken is included. To get the next set of results, call the same method again using the value of nextPageToken as pageToken.
   &quot;sinks&quot;: [ # A list of sinks.
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
       &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+        &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+        &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
       },
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
       &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+      &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+      &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+        { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
           &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
           &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+          &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
         },
       ],
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+      &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+      &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -302,39 +302,39 @@
   <pre>Updates a sink. This method replaces the following fields in the existing sink with values from the new sink: destination, and filter.The updated sink might also have a new writer_identity; see the unique_writer_identity field.
 
 Args:
-  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; Example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/sinks/my-sink-id&quot;. (required)
+  sinkName: string, Required. The full resource name of the sink to update, including the parent resource and the sink identifier: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/sinks/[SINK_ID]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/sinks/my-sink&quot; (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+{ # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }
 
   uniqueWriterIdentity: boolean, Optional. See sinks.create for a description of this field. When updating a sink, the effect of this field on the value of writer_identity in the updated sink depends on both the old and new values of this field: If the old and new values of this field are both false or both true, then there is no change to the sink&#x27;s writer_identity. If the old value is false and the new value is true, then writer_identity is changed to a unique service account. It is an error if the old value is true and the new value is set to false or defaulted to false.
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes: destination,filter,includeChildren At some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskExample: updateMask=filter.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that specifies the fields in sink that need an update. A sink field will be overwritten if, and only if, it is in the update mask. name and output only fields cannot be updated.An empty updateMask is temporarily treated as using the following mask for backwards compatibility purposes:destination,filter,includeChildrenAt some point in the future, behavior will be removed and specifying an empty updateMask will be an error.For a detailed FieldMask definition, see https://developers.google.com/protocol-buffers/docs/reference/google.protobuf#google.protobuf.FieldMaskFor example: updateMask=filter
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -343,31 +343,31 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Cloud Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging Bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
+    { # Describes a sink used to export log entries to one of the following destinations in any project: a Cloud Storage bucket, a BigQuery dataset, a Pub/Sub topic or a Cloud Logging log bucket. A logs filter controls which log entries are exported. The sink must be created within a project, organization, billing account, or folder.
   &quot;bigqueryOptions&quot;: { # Options that change functionality of a sink exporting data to BigQuery. # Optional. Options that affect sinks exporting data to BigQuery.
-    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
-    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use. All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
+    &quot;usePartitionedTables&quot;: True or False, # Optional. Whether to use BigQuery&#x27;s partition tables (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/partitioned-tables). By default, Cloud Logging creates dated tables based on the log entries&#x27; timestamps, e.g. syslog_20170523. With partitioned tables the date suffix is no longer present and special query syntax (https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/querying-partitioned-tables) has to be used instead. In both cases, tables are sharded based on UTC timezone.
+    &quot;usesTimestampColumnPartitioning&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if new timestamp column based partitioning is in use, false if legacy ingestion-time partitioning is in use.All new sinks will have this field set true and will use timestamp column based partitioning. If use_partitioned_tables is false, this value has no meaning and will be false. Legacy sinks using partitioned tables will have this field set to false.
   },
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink. The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this sink.The maximum length of the description is 8000 characters.
   &quot;destination&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The export destination: &quot;storage.googleapis.com/[GCS_BUCKET]&quot; &quot;bigquery.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/datasets/[DATASET]&quot; &quot;pubsub.googleapis.com/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/topics/[TOPIC_ID]&quot; The sink&#x27;s writer_identity, set when the sink is created, must have permission to write to the destination or else the log entries are not exported. For more information, see Exporting Logs with Sinks (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/tasks/exporting-logs).
-  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
-  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of the exclusion filters will not be exported. If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
-    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of logs, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
+  &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to true, then this sink is disabled and it does not export any log entries.
+  &quot;exclusions&quot;: [ # Optional. Log entries that match any of these exclusion filters will not be exported.If a log entry is matched by both filter and one of exclusion_filters it will not be exported.
+    { # Specifies a set of log entries that are not to be stored in Cloud Logging. If your GCP resource receives a large volume of log entries, you can use exclusions to reduce your chargeable logs. Exclusions are processed after log sinks, so you can export log entries before they are excluded. Note that organization-level and folder-level exclusions don&#x27;t apply to child resources, and that you can&#x27;t exclude audit log entries.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A description of this exclusion.
       &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # Optional. If set to True, then this exclusion is disabled and it does not exclude any log entries. You can update an exclusion to change the value of this field.
-      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries. For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:&quot;resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)&quot;
+      &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries) that matches the log entries to be excluded. By using the sample function (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries#sample), you can exclude less than 100% of the matching log entries.For example, the following query matches 99% of low-severity log entries from Google Cloud Storage buckets:resource.type=gcs_bucket severity&lt;ERROR sample(insertId, 0.99)
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A client-assigned identifier, such as &quot;load-balancer-exclusion&quot;. Identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only letters, digits, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the exclusion.This field may not be present for older exclusions.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter. For example: logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
-  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then logs from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression. For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent. To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name: logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project. Example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
+  &quot;filter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. An advanced logs filter (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/view/advanced-queries). The only exported log entries are those that are in the resource owning the sink and that match the filter.For example:logName=&quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/logs/[LOG_ID]&quot; AND severity&gt;=ERROR
+  &quot;includeChildren&quot;: True or False, # Optional. This field applies only to sinks owned by organizations and folders. If the field is false, the default, only the logs owned by the sink&#x27;s parent resource are available for export. If the field is true, then log entries from all the projects, folders, and billing accounts contained in the sink&#x27;s parent resource are also available for export. Whether a particular log entry from the children is exported depends on the sink&#x27;s filter expression.For example, if this field is true, then the filter resource.type=gce_instance would export all Compute Engine VM instance log entries from all projects in the sink&#x27;s parent.To only export entries from certain child projects, filter on the project part of the log name:logName:(&quot;projects/test-project1/&quot; OR &quot;projects/test-project2/&quot;) AND resource.type=gce_instance
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client-assigned sink identifier, unique within the project.For example: &quot;my-syslog-errors-to-pubsub&quot;. Sink identifiers are limited to 100 characters and can include only the following characters: upper and lower-case alphanumeric characters, underscores, hyphens, and periods. First character has to be alphanumeric.
   &quot;outputVersionFormat&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated. This field is unused.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the sink.This field may not be present for older sinks.
-  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
+  &quot;writerIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. An IAM identity—a service account or group—under which Cloud Logging writes the exported log entries to the sink&#x27;s destination. This field is set by sinks.create and sinks.update based on the value of unique_writer_identity in those methods.Until you grant this identity write-access to the destination, log entry exports from this sink will fail. For more information, see Granting Access for a Resource (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/granting-roles-to-service-accounts#granting_access_to_a_service_account_for_a_resource). Consult the destination service&#x27;s documentation to determine the appropriate IAM roles to assign to the identity.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.v2.html b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.v2.html
index d6c6b12..ac125c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/logging_v2.v2.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/logging_v2.v2.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
   <pre>Gets the Logs Router CMEK settings for the given resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource for which to retrieve CMEK settings. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; Example: &quot;organizations/12345/cmekSettings&quot;.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource for which to retrieve CMEK settings. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; For example:&quot;organizations/12345/cmekSettings&quot;Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
-  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION/keyRings/KEYRING/cryptoKeys/KEY&quot;For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-region/keyRings/key-ring-name/cryptoKeys/key-name&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the CMEK settings.
   &quot;serviceAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service account that will be used by the Logs Router to access your Cloud KMS key.Before enabling CMEK for Logs Router, you must first assign the role roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter to the service account that the Logs Router will use to access your Cloud KMS key. Use GetCmekSettings to obtain the service account ID.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 }</pre>
@@ -115,17 +115,17 @@
   <pre>Updates the Logs Router CMEK settings for the given resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.UpdateCmekSettings will fail if 1) kms_key_name is invalid, or 2) the associated service account does not have the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key, or 3) access to the key is disabled.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. The resource name for the CMEK settings to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; Example: &quot;organizations/12345/cmekSettings&quot;.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization. (required)
+  name: string, Required. The resource name for the CMEK settings to update. &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;organizations/[ORGANIZATION_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;billingAccounts/[BILLING_ACCOUNT_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; &quot;folders/[FOLDER_ID]/cmekSettings&quot; For example:&quot;organizations/12345/cmekSettings&quot;Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
-  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION/keyRings/KEYRING/cryptoKeys/KEY&quot;For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-region/keyRings/key-ring-name/cryptoKeys/key-name&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the CMEK settings.
   &quot;serviceAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service account that will be used by the Logs Router to access your Cloud KMS key.Before enabling CMEK for Logs Router, you must first assign the role roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter to the service account that the Logs Router will use to access your Cloud KMS key. Use GetCmekSettings to obtain the service account ID.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 }
 
-  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask identifying which fields from cmek_settings should be updated. A field will be overwritten if and only if it is in the update mask. Output only fields cannot be updated.See FieldMask for more information.Example: &quot;updateMask=kmsKeyName&quot;
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask identifying which fields from cmek_settings should be updated. A field will be overwritten if and only if it is in the update mask. Output only fields cannot be updated.See FieldMask for more information.For example: &quot;updateMask=kmsKeyName&quot;
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # Describes the customer-managed encryption key (CMEK) settings associated with a project, folder, organization, billing account, or flexible resource.Note: CMEK for the Logs Router can currently only be configured for GCP organizations. Once configured, it applies to all projects and folders in the GCP organization.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
-  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION/keyRings/KEYRING/cryptoKeys/KEY&quot;For example: &quot;projects/my-project-id/locations/my-region/keyRings/key-ring-name/cryptoKeys/key-name&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
+  &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name for the configured Cloud KMS key.KMS key name format: &quot;projects/[PROJECT_ID]/locations/[LOCATION]/keyRings/[KEYRING]/cryptoKeys/[KEY]&quot; For example:&quot;projects/my-project/locations/us-central1/keyRings/my-ring/cryptoKeys/my-key&quot;To enable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to a valid kms_key_name for which the associated service account has the required roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter role assigned for the key.The Cloud KMS key used by the Log Router can be updated by changing the kms_key_name to a new valid key name. Encryption operations that are in progress will be completed with the key that was in use when they started. Decryption operations will be completed using the key that was used at the time of encryption unless access to that key has been revoked.To disable CMEK for the Logs Router, set this field to an empty string.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the CMEK settings.
   &quot;serviceAccountId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The service account that will be used by the Logs Router to access your Cloud KMS key.Before enabling CMEK for Logs Router, you must first assign the role roles/cloudkms.cryptoKeyEncrypterDecrypter to the service account that the Logs Router will use to access your Cloud KMS key. Use GetCmekSettings to obtain the service account ID.See Enabling CMEK for Logs Router (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/routing/managed-encryption) for more information.
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..885f78f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html
@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="metastore_v1alpha.html">Dataproc Metastore API</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html">services</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html">databases</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html">tables()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the tables Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    { # Associates members with a role.
+      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to members. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+      { # Associates members with a role.
+        &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to members. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+    &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used:paths: &quot;bindings, etag&quot;
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    { # Associates members with a role.
+      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to members. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may &quot;fail open&quot; without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with wildcards (such as &#x27;*&#x27; or &#x27;storage.*&#x27;) are not allowed. For more information see IAM Overview (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is allowed.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..22a2cdc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="metastore_v1alpha.html">Dataproc Metastore API</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html">services</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html">databases</a> . <a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.tables.html">tables</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  options_requestedPolicyVersion: integer, Optional. The policy format version to be returned.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests specifying an invalid value will be rejected.Requests for policies with any conditional bindings must specify version 3. Policies without any conditional bindings may specify any valid value or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    { # Associates members with a role.
+      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to members. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy.Can return NOT_FOUND, INVALID_ARGUMENT, and PERMISSION_DENIED errors.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy is being specified. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+    &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+      { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+        &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+          { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+            &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+      { # Associates members with a role.
+        &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+          &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+        },
+        &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to members. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+    &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  },
+  &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OPTIONAL: A FieldMask specifying which fields of the policy to modify. Only the fields in the mask will be modified. If no mask is provided, the following default mask is used:paths: &quot;bindings, etag&quot;
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) - etag: BwWWja0YfJA= - version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+  &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
+    { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs.If there are AuditConfigs for both allServices and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted.Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
+      &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
+        { # Provides the configuration for logging a type of permissions. Example: { &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; } ] } This enables &#x27;DATA_READ&#x27; and &#x27;DATA_WRITE&#x27; logging, while exempting jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging.
+          &quot;exemptedMembers&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities that do not cause logging for this type of permission. Follows the same format of Binding.members.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The log type that this config enables.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, storage.googleapis.com, cloudsql.googleapis.com. allServices is a special value that covers all services.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    { # Associates members with a role.
+      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
+        &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
+        &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
+        &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
+      },
+      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. members can have the following values: allUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. allAuthenticatedUsers: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. user:{emailid}: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, alice@example.com . serviceAccount:{emailid}: An email address that represents a service account. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com. group:{emailid}: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, admins@example.com. deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to user:{emailid} and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to serviceAccount:{emailid} and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to group:{emailid} and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. domain:{domain}: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, google.com or example.com.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to members. For example, roles/viewer, roles/editor, or roles/owner.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # etag is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the etag in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An etag is returned in the response to getIamPolicy, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to setIamPolicy to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy.Important: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.
+  &quot;version&quot;: 42, # Specifies the format of the policy.Valid values are 0, 1, and 3. Requests that specify an invalid value are rejected.Any operation that affects conditional role bindings must specify version 3. This requirement applies to the following operations: Getting a policy that includes a conditional role binding Adding a conditional role binding to a policy Changing a conditional role binding in a policy Removing any role binding, with or without a condition, from a policy that includes conditionsImportant: If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the etag field whenever you call setIamPolicy. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version 3 policy with a version 1 policy, and all of the conditions in the version 3 policy are lost.If a policy does not include any conditions, operations on that policy may specify any valid version or leave the field unset.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a NOT_FOUND error.Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may &quot;fail open&quot; without warning.
+
+Args:
+  resource: string, REQUIRED: The resource for which the policy detail is being requested. See the operation documentation for the appropriate value for this field. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # The set of permissions to check for the resource. Permissions with wildcards (such as &#x27;*&#x27; or &#x27;storage.*&#x27;) are not allowed. For more information see IAM Overview (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/overview#permissions).
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for TestIamPermissions method.
+  &quot;permissions&quot;: [ # A subset of TestPermissionsRequest.permissions that the caller is allowed.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
index 47018bb..b0eeccc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -80,6 +80,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the backups Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.databases.html">databases()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the databases Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="metastore_v1alpha.projects.locations.services.metadataImports.html">metadataImports()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the metadataImports Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.monitoredResourceDescriptors.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.monitoredResourceDescriptors.html
index b3ef233..ef14f48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.monitoredResourceDescriptors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.monitoredResourceDescriptors.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor: &quot;projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot; where {type} is the value of the type field in this object and {project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs that do not use project information can use the resource name format &quot;monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;.
-  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type &quot;cloudsql_database&quot; represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type &quot;cloudsql_database&quot; represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The launch stage of the monitored resource definition.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The resource name of the monitored resource descriptor: &quot;projects/{project_id}/monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot; where {type} is the value of the type field in this object and {project_id} is a project ID that provides API-specific context for accessing the type. APIs that do not use project information can use the resource name format &quot;monitoredResourceDescriptors/{type}&quot;.
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type &quot;cloudsql_database&quot; represents databases in Google Cloud SQL.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The monitored resource type. For example, the type &quot;cloudsql_database&quot; represents databases in Google Cloud SQL. For a list of types, see Monitoring resource types (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) and Logging resource types (https://cloud.google.com/logging/docs/api/v2/resource-list).
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
index 5d26be8..59507ad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;isInternal&quot;: True or False, # If this is true, then checks are made only from the &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27;. If it is false, then checks are made only from the &#x27;selected_regions&#x27;. It is an error to provide &#x27;selected_regions&#x27; when is_internal is true, or to provide &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27; when is_internal is false.
-  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer
+  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer k8s_service
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;isInternal&quot;: True or False, # If this is true, then checks are made only from the &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27;. If it is false, then checks are made only from the &#x27;selected_regions&#x27;. It is an error to provide &#x27;selected_regions&#x27; when is_internal is true, or to provide &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27; when is_internal is false.
-  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer
+  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer k8s_service
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;isInternal&quot;: True or False, # If this is true, then checks are made only from the &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27;. If it is false, then checks are made only from the &#x27;selected_regions&#x27;. It is an error to provide &#x27;selected_regions&#x27; when is_internal is true, or to provide &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27; when is_internal is false.
-  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer
+  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer k8s_service
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;isInternal&quot;: True or False, # If this is true, then checks are made only from the &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27;. If it is false, then checks are made only from the &#x27;selected_regions&#x27;. It is an error to provide &#x27;selected_regions&#x27; when is_internal is true, or to provide &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27; when is_internal is false.
-      &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer
+      &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer k8s_service
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;isInternal&quot;: True or False, # If this is true, then checks are made only from the &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27;. If it is false, then checks are made only from the &#x27;selected_regions&#x27;. It is an error to provide &#x27;selected_regions&#x27; when is_internal is true, or to provide &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27; when is_internal is false.
-  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer
+  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer k8s_service
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
@@ -528,7 +528,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;isInternal&quot;: True or False, # If this is true, then checks are made only from the &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27;. If it is false, then checks are made only from the &#x27;selected_regions&#x27;. It is an error to provide &#x27;selected_regions&#x27; when is_internal is true, or to provide &#x27;internal_checkers&#x27; when is_internal is false.
-  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer
+  &quot;monitoredResource&quot;: { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The type field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource&#x27;s schema. Information in the labels field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for &quot;gce_instance&quot; has labels &quot;instance_id&quot; and &quot;zone&quot;: { &quot;type&quot;: &quot;gce_instance&quot;, &quot;labels&quot;: { &quot;instance_id&quot;: &quot;12345678901234&quot;, &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;us-central1-a&quot; }} # The monitored resource (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/resources) associated with the configuration. The following monitored resource types are valid for this field: uptime_url, gce_instance, gae_app, aws_ec2_instance, aws_elb_load_balancer k8s_service
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels &quot;project_id&quot;, &quot;instance_id&quot;, and &quot;zone&quot;.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
index e63537a..f026b73 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/networkservices_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpointPolicies.html
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the EndpointPolicy resource.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/global/endpointPolicies/`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/global/endpointPolicies/{endpoint_policy}`.
   &quot;serverTlsPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to ServerTlsPolicy resource. ServerTlsPolicy is used to determine the authentication policy to be applied to terminate the inbound traffic at the identified backends. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open) for this endpoint.
   &quot;trafficPortSelector&quot;: { # Specification of a port-based selector. # Optional. Port selector for the (matched) endpoints. If no port selector is provided, the matched config is applied to all ports.
     &quot;ports&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of ports. Can be port numbers or port range (example, [80-90] specifies all ports from 80 to 90, including 80 and 90) or named ports or * to specify all ports. If the list is empty, all ports are selected.
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the EndpointPolicy resource.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/global/endpointPolicies/`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/global/endpointPolicies/{endpoint_policy}`.
   &quot;serverTlsPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to ServerTlsPolicy resource. ServerTlsPolicy is used to determine the authentication policy to be applied to terminate the inbound traffic at the identified backends. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open) for this endpoint.
   &quot;trafficPortSelector&quot;: { # Specification of a port-based selector. # Optional. Port selector for the (matched) endpoints. If no port selector is provided, the matched config is applied to all ports.
     &quot;ports&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of ports. Can be port numbers or port range (example, [80-90] specifies all ports from 80 to 90, including 80 and 90) or named ports or * to specify all ports. If the list is empty, all ports are selected.
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the EndpointPolicy resource.
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/global/endpointPolicies/`.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/global/endpointPolicies/{endpoint_policy}`.
       &quot;serverTlsPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to ServerTlsPolicy resource. ServerTlsPolicy is used to determine the authentication policy to be applied to terminate the inbound traffic at the identified backends. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open) for this endpoint.
       &quot;trafficPortSelector&quot;: { # Specification of a port-based selector. # Optional. Port selector for the (matched) endpoints. If no port selector is provided, the matched config is applied to all ports.
         &quot;ports&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of ports. Can be port numbers or port range (example, [80-90] specifies all ports from 80 to 90, including 80 and 90) or named ports or * to specify all ports. If the list is empty, all ports are selected.
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@
   <pre>Updates the parameters of a single EndpointPolicy.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/global/endpointPolicies/`. (required)
+  name: string, Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/global/endpointPolicies/{endpoint_policy}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -401,7 +401,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Set of label tags associated with the EndpointPolicy resource.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/*/locations/global/endpointPolicies/`.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the EndpointPolicy resource. It matches pattern `projects/{project}/locations/global/endpointPolicies/{endpoint_policy}`.
   &quot;serverTlsPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. A URL referring to ServerTlsPolicy resource. ServerTlsPolicy is used to determine the authentication policy to be applied to terminate the inbound traffic at the identified backends. If this field is not set, authentication is disabled(open) for this endpoint.
   &quot;trafficPortSelector&quot;: { # Specification of a port-based selector. # Optional. Port selector for the (matched) endpoints. If no port selector is provided, the matched config is applied to all ports.
     &quot;ports&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of ports. Can be port numbers or port range (example, [80-90] specifies all ports from 80 to 90, including 80 and 90) or named ports or * to specify all ports. If the list is empty, all ports are selected.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index 9dfe9f1..023892c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -124,6 +124,36 @@
         ],
       },
       &quot;build&quot;: { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
+        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+          &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+            &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+            &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+            &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+            &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+              &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+            },
+            &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+          },
+          &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+            &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build.
           &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -281,6 +311,70 @@
         &quot;cpe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
         &quot;lastScanTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last time this resource was scanned.
       },
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
+        &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+          &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          &quot;signatures&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+          &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;subject&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        &quot;signatures&quot;: [
+          {
+            &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;image&quot;: { # Details of the derived image portion of the DockerImage relationship. This image would be produced from a Dockerfile with FROM . # Describes how this resource derives from the basis in the associated note.
         &quot;baseResourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This contains the base image URL for the derived image occurrence.
         &quot;distance&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of layers by which this image differs from the associated image basis.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
index e143048..d9f8913 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ondemandscanning_v1beta1.projects.locations.scans.vulnerabilities.html
@@ -124,6 +124,36 @@
         ],
       },
       &quot;build&quot;: { # Details of a build occurrence. # Describes a verifiable build.
+        &quot;intotoProvenance&quot;: { # In-toto Provenance representation as defined in spec.
+          &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+            &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+          &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+            &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+            &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+            &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+            &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+              &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+            },
+            &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+          },
+          &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+            &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+            &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+            &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+              &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+          },
+        },
         &quot;provenance&quot;: { # Provenance of a build. Contains all information needed to verify the full details about the build from source to completion. # Required. The actual provenance for the build.
           &quot;buildOptions&quot;: { # Special options applied to this build. This is a catch-all field where build providers can enter any desired additional details.
             &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -281,6 +311,70 @@
         &quot;cpe&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The CPE of the resource being scanned.
         &quot;lastScanTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last time this resource was scanned.
       },
+      &quot;dsseAttestation&quot;: { # Describes an attestation of an artifact using dsse.
+        &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # If doing something security critical, make sure to verify the signatures in this metadata.
+          &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          &quot;signatures&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;statement&quot;: { # Spec defined at https://github.com/in-toto/attestation/tree/main/spec#statement The serialized InTotoStatement will be stored as Envelope.payload. Envelope.payloadType is always &quot;application/vnd.in-toto+json&quot;.
+          &quot;predicateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # &quot;https://in-toto.io/Provenance/v0.1&quot; for InTotoProvenance.
+          &quot;provenance&quot;: {
+            &quot;builderConfig&quot;: { # required
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+            &quot;materials&quot;: [ # The collection of artifacts that influenced the build including sources, dependencies, build tools, base images, and so on. This is considered to be incomplete unless metadata.completeness.materials is true. Unset or null is equivalent to empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Other properties of the build.
+              &quot;buildFinishedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build completed.
+              &quot;buildInvocationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the particular build invocation, which can be useful for finding associated logs or other ad-hoc analysis. The value SHOULD be globally unique, per in-toto Provenance spec.
+              &quot;buildStartedOn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp of when the build started.
+              &quot;completeness&quot;: { # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete. # Indicates that the builder claims certain fields in this message to be complete.
+                &quot;arguments&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.arguments is complete, meaning that all external inputs are properly captured in the recipe.
+                &quot;environment&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that recipe.environment is claimed to be complete.
+                &quot;materials&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that materials are complete, usually through some controls to prevent network access. Sometimes called &quot;hermetic&quot;.
+              },
+              &quot;reproducible&quot;: True or False, # If true, the builder claims that running the recipe on materials will produce bit-for-bit identical output.
+            },
+            &quot;recipe&quot;: { # Steps taken to build the artifact. For a TaskRun, typically each container corresponds to one step in the recipe. # Identifies the configuration used for the build. When combined with materials, this SHOULD fully describe the build, such that re-running this recipe results in bit-for-bit identical output (if the build is reproducible). required
+              &quot;arguments&quot;: [ # Collection of all external inputs that influenced the build on top of recipe.definedInMaterial and recipe.entryPoint. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this might be the flags passed to make aside from the target, which is captured in recipe.entryPoint.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;definedInMaterial&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Index in materials containing the recipe steps that are not implied by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would point to the source containing the Makefile, not the make program itself. Set to -1 if the recipe doesn&#x27;t come from a material, as zero is default unset value for int64.
+              &quot;entryPoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # String identifying the entry point into the build. This is often a path to a configuration file and/or a target label within that file. The syntax and meaning are defined by recipe.type. For example, if the recipe type were &quot;make&quot;, then this would reference the directory in which to run make as well as which target to use.
+              &quot;environment&quot;: { # Any other builder-controlled inputs necessary for correctly evaluating the recipe. Usually only needed for reproducing the build but not evaluated as part of policy.
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URI indicating what type of recipe was performed. It determines the meaning of recipe.entryPoint, recipe.arguments, recipe.environment, and materials.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;subject&quot;: [
+            {
+              &quot;digest&quot;: { # &quot;&quot;: &quot;&quot;
+                &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+              },
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Always &quot;https://in-toto.io/Statement/v0.1&quot;.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;envelope&quot;: { # MUST match https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse/blob/master/envelope.proto. An authenticated message of arbitrary type. # https://github.com/secure-systems-lab/dsse
+        &quot;payload&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        &quot;payloadType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        &quot;signatures&quot;: [
+          {
+            &quot;keyid&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+            &quot;sig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       &quot;image&quot;: { # Details of the derived image portion of the DockerImage relationship. This image would be produced from a Dockerfile with FROM . # Describes how this resource derives from the basis in the associated note.
         &quot;baseResourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. This contains the base image URL for the derived image occurrence.
         &quot;distance&quot;: 42, # Output only. The number of layers by which this image differs from the associated image basis.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.html
index 693c119..92de897 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.html
@@ -75,6 +75,11 @@
 <h1><a href="osconfig_v1.html">OS Config API</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.html">projects</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html">locations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the locations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html">patchDeployments()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the patchDeployments Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..94c8b16
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="osconfig_v1.html">OS Config API</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.html">instances()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the instances Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ec1b103
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="osconfig_v1.html">OS Config API</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.html">instances</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html">inventories()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the inventories Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html">vulnerabilityReports()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the vulnerabilityReports Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c4bf04
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html
@@ -0,0 +1,441 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="osconfig_v1.html">OS Config API</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.html">instances</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html">inventories</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Get inventory data for the specified VM instance. If the VM has no associated inventory, the message `NOT_FOUND` is returned.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List inventory data for all VM instances in the specified zone.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Get inventory data for the specified VM instance. If the VM has no associated inventory, the message `NOT_FOUND` is returned.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. API resource name for inventory resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/inventory` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. For `{instance}`, either Compute Engine `instance-id` or `instance-name` can be provided. (required)
+  view: string, Inventory view indicating what information should be included in the inventory resource. If unspecified, the default view is BASIC.
+    Allowed values
+      INVENTORY_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default value. The API defaults to the BASIC view.
+      BASIC - Returns the basic inventory information that includes `os_info`.
+      FULL - Returns all fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This API resource represents the available inventory data for a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance at a given point in time. You can use this API resource to determine the inventory data of your VM. For more information, see [Information provided by OS inventory management](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management#data-collected).
+  &quot;items&quot;: { # Inventory items related to the VM keyed by an opaque unique identifier for each inventory item. The identifier is unique to each distinct and addressable inventory item and will change, when there is a new package version.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A single piece of inventory on a VM.
+      &quot;availablePackage&quot;: { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package available to be installed on the VM instance.
+        &quot;aptPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of an APT package. For details about the apt package manager, see https://wiki.debian.org/Apt.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;cosPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a COS package.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;googetPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Googet package. For details about the googet package manager, see https://github.com/google/googet.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;qfePackage&quot;: { # Information related to a Quick Fix Engineering package. Fields are taken from Windows QuickFixEngineering Interface and match the source names: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering # Details of a Windows Quick Fix engineering package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering for info in Windows Quick Fix Engineering.
+          &quot;caption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short textual description of the QFE update.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A textual description of the QFE update.
+          &quot;hotFixId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
+          &quot;installTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
+        },
+        &quot;wuaPackage&quot;: { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
+          &quot;categories&quot;: [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
+            { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the windows update category.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the windows update category.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The localized description of the update package.
+          &quot;kbArticleIds&quot;: [ # A collection of Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update package.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;lastDeploymentChangeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last published date of the update, in (UTC) date and time.
+          &quot;moreInfoUrls&quot;: [ # A collection of URLs that provide more information about the update package.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;revisionNumber&quot;: 42, # The revision number of this update package.
+          &quot;supportUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hyperlink to the language-specific support information for the update.
+          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The localized title of the update package.
+          &quot;updateId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Gets the identifier of an update package. Stays the same across revisions.
+        },
+        &quot;yumPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Yum package info. For details about the yum package manager, see https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/6/html/deployment_guide/ch-yum.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;zypperPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Zypper package. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;zypperPatch&quot;: { # Details related to a Zypper Patch. # Details of a Zypper patch. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+          &quot;category&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The category of the patch.
+          &quot;patchName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the patch.
+          &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity specified for this patch
+          &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Any summary information provided about this patch.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When this inventory item was first detected.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for this item, unique across items for this VM.
+      &quot;installedPackage&quot;: { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package present on the VM instance.
+        &quot;aptPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of an APT package. For details about the apt package manager, see https://wiki.debian.org/Apt.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;cosPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a COS package.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;googetPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Googet package. For details about the googet package manager, see https://github.com/google/googet.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;qfePackage&quot;: { # Information related to a Quick Fix Engineering package. Fields are taken from Windows QuickFixEngineering Interface and match the source names: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering # Details of a Windows Quick Fix engineering package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering for info in Windows Quick Fix Engineering.
+          &quot;caption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short textual description of the QFE update.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A textual description of the QFE update.
+          &quot;hotFixId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
+          &quot;installTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
+        },
+        &quot;wuaPackage&quot;: { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
+          &quot;categories&quot;: [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
+            { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
+              &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the windows update category.
+              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the windows update category.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The localized description of the update package.
+          &quot;kbArticleIds&quot;: [ # A collection of Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update package.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;lastDeploymentChangeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last published date of the update, in (UTC) date and time.
+          &quot;moreInfoUrls&quot;: [ # A collection of URLs that provide more information about the update package.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;revisionNumber&quot;: 42, # The revision number of this update package.
+          &quot;supportUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hyperlink to the language-specific support information for the update.
+          &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The localized title of the update package.
+          &quot;updateId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Gets the identifier of an update package. Stays the same across revisions.
+        },
+        &quot;yumPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Yum package info. For details about the yum package manager, see https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/6/html/deployment_guide/ch-yum.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;zypperPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Zypper package. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+          &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+          &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+        },
+        &quot;zypperPatch&quot;: { # Details related to a Zypper Patch. # Details of a Zypper patch. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+          &quot;category&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The category of the patch.
+          &quot;patchName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the patch.
+          &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity specified for this patch
+          &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Any summary information provided about this patch.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;originType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The origin of this inventory item.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The specific type of inventory, correlating to its specific details.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When this inventory item was last modified.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The `Inventory` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/inventory`
+  &quot;osInfo&quot;: { # Operating system information for the VM. # Base level operating system information for the VM.
+    &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture of the operating system.
+    &quot;hostname&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VM hostname.
+    &quot;kernelRelease&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kernel release of the operating system.
+    &quot;kernelVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kernel version of the operating system.
+    &quot;longName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operating system long name. For example &#x27;Debian GNU/Linux 9&#x27; or &#x27;Microsoft Window Server 2019 Datacenter&#x27;.
+    &quot;osconfigAgentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current version of the OS Config agent running on the VM.
+    &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operating system short name. For example, &#x27;windows&#x27; or &#x27;debian&#x27;.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the operating system.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Timestamp of the last reported inventory for the VM.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, view=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List inventory data for all VM instances in the specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/-` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. (required)
+  filter: string, If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by a `Inventory` API resource to be included in the response.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return.
+  pageToken: string, A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListInventories` that indicates where this listing should continue from.
+  view: string, Inventory view indicating what information should be included in the inventory resource. If unspecified, the default view is BASIC.
+    Allowed values
+      INVENTORY_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - The default value. The API defaults to the BASIC view.
+      BASIC - Returns the basic inventory information that includes `os_info`.
+      FULL - Returns all fields.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A response message for listing inventory data for all VMs in a specified location.
+  &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventory objects.
+    { # This API resource represents the available inventory data for a Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance at a given point in time. You can use this API resource to determine the inventory data of your VM. For more information, see [Information provided by OS inventory management](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management#data-collected).
+      &quot;items&quot;: { # Inventory items related to the VM keyed by an opaque unique identifier for each inventory item. The identifier is unique to each distinct and addressable inventory item and will change, when there is a new package version.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A single piece of inventory on a VM.
+          &quot;availablePackage&quot;: { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package available to be installed on the VM instance.
+            &quot;aptPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of an APT package. For details about the apt package manager, see https://wiki.debian.org/Apt.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;cosPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a COS package.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;googetPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Googet package. For details about the googet package manager, see https://github.com/google/googet.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;qfePackage&quot;: { # Information related to a Quick Fix Engineering package. Fields are taken from Windows QuickFixEngineering Interface and match the source names: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering # Details of a Windows Quick Fix engineering package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering for info in Windows Quick Fix Engineering.
+              &quot;caption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short textual description of the QFE update.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A textual description of the QFE update.
+              &quot;hotFixId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
+              &quot;installTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
+            },
+            &quot;wuaPackage&quot;: { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
+              &quot;categories&quot;: [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
+                { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the windows update category.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the windows update category.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The localized description of the update package.
+              &quot;kbArticleIds&quot;: [ # A collection of Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update package.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;lastDeploymentChangeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last published date of the update, in (UTC) date and time.
+              &quot;moreInfoUrls&quot;: [ # A collection of URLs that provide more information about the update package.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;revisionNumber&quot;: 42, # The revision number of this update package.
+              &quot;supportUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hyperlink to the language-specific support information for the update.
+              &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The localized title of the update package.
+              &quot;updateId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Gets the identifier of an update package. Stays the same across revisions.
+            },
+            &quot;yumPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Yum package info. For details about the yum package manager, see https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/6/html/deployment_guide/ch-yum.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;zypperPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Zypper package. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;zypperPatch&quot;: { # Details related to a Zypper Patch. # Details of a Zypper patch. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+              &quot;category&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The category of the patch.
+              &quot;patchName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the patch.
+              &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity specified for this patch
+              &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Any summary information provided about this patch.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When this inventory item was first detected.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifier for this item, unique across items for this VM.
+          &quot;installedPackage&quot;: { # Software package information of the operating system. # Software package present on the VM instance.
+            &quot;aptPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of an APT package. For details about the apt package manager, see https://wiki.debian.org/Apt.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;cosPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a COS package.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;googetPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Googet package. For details about the googet package manager, see https://github.com/google/googet.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;qfePackage&quot;: { # Information related to a Quick Fix Engineering package. Fields are taken from Windows QuickFixEngineering Interface and match the source names: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering # Details of a Windows Quick Fix engineering package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/cimwin32prov/win32-quickfixengineering for info in Windows Quick Fix Engineering.
+              &quot;caption&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A short textual description of the QFE update.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A textual description of the QFE update.
+              &quot;hotFixId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique identifier associated with a particular QFE update.
+              &quot;installTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Date that the QFE update was installed. Mapped from installed_on field.
+            },
+            &quot;wuaPackage&quot;: { # Details related to a Windows Update package. Field data and names are taken from Windows Update API IUpdate Interface: https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ Descriptive fields like title, and description are localized based on the locale of the VM being updated. # Details of a Windows Update package. See https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/win32/api/_wua/ for information about Windows Update.
+              &quot;categories&quot;: [ # The categories that are associated with this update package.
+                { # Categories specified by the Windows Update.
+                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the windows update category.
+                  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the windows update category.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The localized description of the update package.
+              &quot;kbArticleIds&quot;: [ # A collection of Microsoft Knowledge Base article IDs that are associated with the update package.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;lastDeploymentChangeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last published date of the update, in (UTC) date and time.
+              &quot;moreInfoUrls&quot;: [ # A collection of URLs that provide more information about the update package.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;revisionNumber&quot;: 42, # The revision number of this update package.
+              &quot;supportUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A hyperlink to the language-specific support information for the update.
+              &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The localized title of the update package.
+              &quot;updateId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Gets the identifier of an update package. Stays the same across revisions.
+            },
+            &quot;yumPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Yum package info. For details about the yum package manager, see https://access.redhat.com/documentation/en-us/red_hat_enterprise_linux/6/html/deployment_guide/ch-yum.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;zypperPackage&quot;: { # Information related to the a standard versioned package. This includes package info for APT, Yum, Zypper, and Googet package managers. # Details of a Zypper package. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+              &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture this package is intended for.
+              &quot;packageName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the package.
+              &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the package.
+            },
+            &quot;zypperPatch&quot;: { # Details related to a Zypper Patch. # Details of a Zypper patch. For details about the Zypper package manager, see https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual.
+              &quot;category&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The category of the patch.
+              &quot;patchName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the patch.
+              &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The severity specified for this patch
+              &quot;summary&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Any summary information provided about this patch.
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;originType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The origin of this inventory item.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The specific type of inventory, correlating to its specific details.
+          &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When this inventory item was last modified.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The `Inventory` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/inventory`
+      &quot;osInfo&quot;: { # Operating system information for the VM. # Base level operating system information for the VM.
+        &quot;architecture&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The system architecture of the operating system.
+        &quot;hostname&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The VM hostname.
+        &quot;kernelRelease&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kernel release of the operating system.
+        &quot;kernelVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The kernel version of the operating system.
+        &quot;longName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operating system long name. For example &#x27;Debian GNU/Linux 9&#x27; or &#x27;Microsoft Window Server 2019 Datacenter&#x27;.
+        &quot;osconfigAgentVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current version of the OS Config agent running on the VM.
+        &quot;shortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The operating system short name. For example, &#x27;windows&#x27; or &#x27;debian&#x27;.
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The version of the operating system.
+      },
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Timestamp of the last reported inventory for the VM.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pagination token to retrieve the next page of inventory objects.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4858dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html
@@ -0,0 +1,231 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="osconfig_v1.html">OS Config API</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.html">instances</a> . <a href="osconfig_v1.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html">vulnerabilityReports</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the vulnerability report for the specified VM instance. Only VMs with inventory data have vulnerability reports associated with them.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List vulnerability reports for all VM instances in the specified zone.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the vulnerability report for the specified VM instance. Only VMs with inventory data have vulnerability reports associated with them.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. API resource name for vulnerability resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}/vulnerabilityReport` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. For `{instance}`, either Compute Engine `instance-id` or `instance-name` can be provided. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This API resource represents the vulnerability report for a specified Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance at a given point in time. For more information, see [Vulnerability reports](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management#vulnerability-reports).
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The `vulnerabilityReport` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/vulnerabilityReport`
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp for when the last vulnerability report was generated for the VM.
+  &quot;vulnerabilities&quot;: [ # Output only. List of vulnerabilities affecting the VM.
+    { # A vulnerability affecting the VM instance.
+      &quot;availableInventoryItemIds&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the `AVAILABLE_PACKAGE` inventory item on the VM. If the vulnerability report was not updated after the VM inventory update, these values might not display in VM inventory. If there is no available fix, the field is empty. The `inventory_item` value specifies the latest `SoftwarePackage` available to the VM that fixes the vulnerability.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp for when the vulnerability was first detected.
+      &quot;details&quot;: { # Contains metadata information for the vulnerability. This information is collected from the upstream feed of the operating system. # Contains metadata as per the upstream feed of the operating system and NVD.
+        &quot;cve&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The CVE of the vulnerability. CVE cannot be empty and the combination of should be unique across vulnerabilities for a VM.
+        &quot;cvssV2Score&quot;: 3.14, # The CVSS V2 score of this vulnerability. CVSS V2 score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+        &quot;cvssV3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document # The full description of the CVSSv3 for this vulnerability from NVD.
+          &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+          &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+          &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+          &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores. https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document#Base-Metrics
+          &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+          &quot;exploitabilityScore&quot;: 3.14, # The Exploitability sub-score equation is derived from the Base Exploitability metrics. https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document#2-1-Exploitability-Metrics
+          &quot;impactScore&quot;: 3.14, # The Impact sub-score equation is derived from the Base Impact metrics.
+          &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+          &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+          &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+          &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+        },
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The note or description describing the vulnerability from the distro.
+        &quot;references&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the references attached to the `VulnerabilityDetails`.
+          { # A reference for this vulnerability.
+            &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source of the reference e.g. NVD.
+            &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of the reference.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Assigned severity/impact ranking from the distro.
+      },
+      &quot;installedInventoryItemIds&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the `INSTALLED_PACKAGE` inventory item on the VM. This field displays the inventory items affected by this vulnerability. If the vulnerability report was not updated after the VM inventory update, these values might not display in VM inventory. For some distros, this field may be empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp for when the vulnerability was last modified.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List vulnerability reports for all VM instances in the specified zone.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/-` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. (required)
+  filter: string, If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by a `vulnerabilityReport` API resource to be included in the response.
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return.
+  pageToken: string, A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListVulnerabilityReports` that indicates where this listing should continue from.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A response message for listing vulnerability reports for all VM instances in the specified location.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pagination token to retrieve the next page of vulnerabilityReports object.
+  &quot;vulnerabilityReports&quot;: [ # List of vulnerabilityReport objects.
+    { # This API resource represents the vulnerability report for a specified Compute Engine virtual machine (VM) instance at a given point in time. For more information, see [Vulnerability reports](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/instances/os-inventory-management#vulnerability-reports).
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The `vulnerabilityReport` API resource name. Format: `projects/{project_number}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}/vulnerabilityReport`
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp for when the last vulnerability report was generated for the VM.
+      &quot;vulnerabilities&quot;: [ # Output only. List of vulnerabilities affecting the VM.
+        { # A vulnerability affecting the VM instance.
+          &quot;availableInventoryItemIds&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the `AVAILABLE_PACKAGE` inventory item on the VM. If the vulnerability report was not updated after the VM inventory update, these values might not display in VM inventory. If there is no available fix, the field is empty. The `inventory_item` value specifies the latest `SoftwarePackage` available to the VM that fixes the vulnerability.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp for when the vulnerability was first detected.
+          &quot;details&quot;: { # Contains metadata information for the vulnerability. This information is collected from the upstream feed of the operating system. # Contains metadata as per the upstream feed of the operating system and NVD.
+            &quot;cve&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The CVE of the vulnerability. CVE cannot be empty and the combination of should be unique across vulnerabilities for a VM.
+            &quot;cvssV2Score&quot;: 3.14, # The CVSS V2 score of this vulnerability. CVSS V2 score is on a scale of 0 - 10 where 0 indicates low severity and 10 indicates high severity.
+            &quot;cvssV3&quot;: { # Common Vulnerability Scoring System version 3. For details, see https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document # The full description of the CVSSv3 for this vulnerability from NVD.
+              &quot;attackComplexity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the conditions beyond the attacker&#x27;s control that must exist in order to exploit the vulnerability.
+              &quot;attackVector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric reflects the context by which vulnerability exploitation is possible.
+              &quot;availabilityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the availability of the impacted component resulting from a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;baseScore&quot;: 3.14, # The base score is a function of the base metric scores. https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document#Base-Metrics
+              &quot;confidentialityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to the confidentiality of the information resources managed by a software component due to a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;exploitabilityScore&quot;: 3.14, # The Exploitability sub-score equation is derived from the Base Exploitability metrics. https://www.first.org/cvss/specification-document#2-1-Exploitability-Metrics
+              &quot;impactScore&quot;: 3.14, # The Impact sub-score equation is derived from the Base Impact metrics.
+              &quot;integrityImpact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric measures the impact to integrity of a successfully exploited vulnerability.
+              &quot;privilegesRequired&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric describes the level of privileges an attacker must possess before successfully exploiting the vulnerability.
+              &quot;scope&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Scope metric captures whether a vulnerability in one vulnerable component impacts resources in components beyond its security scope.
+              &quot;userInteraction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This metric captures the requirement for a human user, other than the attacker, to participate in the successful compromise of the vulnerable component.
+            },
+            &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The note or description describing the vulnerability from the distro.
+            &quot;references&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the references attached to the `VulnerabilityDetails`.
+              { # A reference for this vulnerability.
+                &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source of the reference e.g. NVD.
+                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of the reference.
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;severity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Assigned severity/impact ranking from the distro.
+          },
+          &quot;installedInventoryItemIds&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the `INSTALLED_PACKAGE` inventory item on the VM. This field displays the inventory items affected by this vulnerability. If the vulnerability report was not updated after the VM inventory update, these values might not display in VM inventory. For some distros, this field may be empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The timestamp for when the vulnerability was last modified.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html
index e3fc643..51fec74 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.inventories.html
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
   <pre>List inventory data for all VM instances in the specified zone.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. For `{instance}`, only hyphen or dash character is supported to list inventories across VMs. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/-` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. (required)
   filter: string, If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by a `Inventory` API resource to be included in the response.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return.
   pageToken: string, A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListInventories` that indicates where this listing should continue from.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html
index 2547a77..75ddff2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.instances.vulnerabilityReports.html
@@ -134,6 +134,7 @@
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The note or description describing the vulnerability from the distro.
         &quot;references&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the references attached to the `VulnerabilityDetails`.
           { # A reference for this vulnerability.
+            &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source of the reference e.g. NVD.
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of the reference.
           },
         ],
@@ -153,7 +154,7 @@
   <pre>List vulnerability reports for all VM instances in the specified zone.
 
 Args:
-  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance}` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. For `{instance}`, only `-` character is supported to list vulnerability reports across VMs. (required)
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/-` For `{project}`, either `project-number` or `project-id` can be provided. (required)
   filter: string, If provided, this field specifies the criteria that must be met by a `vulnerabilityReport` API resource to be included in the response.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return.
   pageToken: string, A pagination token returned from a previous call to `ListVulnerabilityReports` that indicates where this listing should continue from.
@@ -196,6 +197,7 @@
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The note or description describing the vulnerability from the distro.
             &quot;references&quot;: [ # Corresponds to the references attached to the `VulnerabilityDetails`.
               { # A reference for this vulnerability.
+                &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source of the reference e.g. NVD.
                 &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The url of the reference.
               },
             ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html
index b5091cd..7518189 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.html
@@ -125,9 +125,10 @@
   &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
   &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
-  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Message to represent the filters to select VMs for an assignment # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
     &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
-    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM. This filter is applied last in the filtering chain and therefore a VM is guaranteed to be excluded if it satisfies one of the below label sets.
+    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
       { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -141,7 +142,13 @@
         },
       },
     ],
-    &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is included if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
+    &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+      { # VM inventory details.
+        &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+        &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is selected if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
@@ -154,7 +161,13 @@
       &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
       &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
         { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
-          &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # The `OSFilter` is used to specify the OS filtering criteria for the resource group. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
+          &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+            { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+              &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+              &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on OS details. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
             &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This should match OS short name emitted by the OS inventory agent. An empty value matches any OS.
             &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This value should match the version emitted by the OS inventory agent. Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*`
           },
@@ -423,9 +436,10 @@
   &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
   &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
-  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Message to represent the filters to select VMs for an assignment # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
     &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
-    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM. This filter is applied last in the filtering chain and therefore a VM is guaranteed to be excluded if it satisfies one of the below label sets.
+    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
       { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -439,7 +453,13 @@
         },
       },
     ],
-    &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is included if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
+    &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+      { # VM inventory details.
+        &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+        &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is selected if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
@@ -452,7 +472,13 @@
       &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
       &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
         { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
-          &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # The `OSFilter` is used to specify the OS filtering criteria for the resource group. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
+          &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+            { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+              &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+              &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on OS details. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
             &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This should match OS short name emitted by the OS inventory agent. An empty value matches any OS.
             &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This value should match the version emitted by the OS inventory agent. Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*`
           },
@@ -662,9 +688,10 @@
       &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
       &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
-      &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Message to represent the filters to select VMs for an assignment # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+      &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
         &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
-        &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM. This filter is applied last in the filtering chain and therefore a VM is guaranteed to be excluded if it satisfies one of the below label sets.
+        &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
           { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
             &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -678,7 +705,13 @@
             },
           },
         ],
-        &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is included if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
+        &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+          { # VM inventory details.
+            &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+            &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is selected if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
@@ -691,7 +724,13 @@
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
           &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
             { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
-              &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # The `OSFilter` is used to specify the OS filtering criteria for the resource group. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
+              &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+                { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+                  &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+                  &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on OS details. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
                 &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This should match OS short name emitted by the OS inventory agent. An empty value matches any OS.
                 &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This value should match the version emitted by the OS inventory agent. Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*`
               },
@@ -903,9 +942,10 @@
       &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
       &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
-      &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Message to represent the filters to select VMs for an assignment # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+      &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
         &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
-        &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM. This filter is applied last in the filtering chain and therefore a VM is guaranteed to be excluded if it satisfies one of the below label sets.
+        &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
           { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
             &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
               &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -919,7 +959,13 @@
             },
           },
         ],
-        &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is included if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
+        &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+          { # VM inventory details.
+            &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+            &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is selected if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
       },
@@ -932,7 +978,13 @@
           &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
           &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
             { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
-              &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # The `OSFilter` is used to specify the OS filtering criteria for the resource group. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
+              &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+                { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+                  &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+                  &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+                },
+              ],
+              &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on OS details. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
                 &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This should match OS short name emitted by the OS inventory agent. An empty value matches any OS.
                 &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This value should match the version emitted by the OS inventory agent. Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*`
               },
@@ -1162,9 +1214,10 @@
   &quot;baseline&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision has been successfully rolled out in this zone and new VMs will be assigned OS policies from this revision. For a given OS policy assignment, there is only one revision with a value of `true` for this field.
   &quot;deleted&quot;: True or False, # Output only. Indicates that this revision deletes the OS policy assignment.
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # OS policy assignment description. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
-  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Message to represent the filters to select VMs for an assignment # Required. Filter to select VMs.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The etag for this OS policy assignment. If this is provided on update, it must match the server&#x27;s etag.
+  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # Filters to select target VMs for an assignment. If more than one filter criteria is specified below, a VM will be selected if and only if it satisfies all of them. # Required. Filter to select VMs.
     &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VMs in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
-    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM. This filter is applied last in the filtering chain and therefore a VM is guaranteed to be excluded if it satisfies one of the below label sets.
+    &quot;exclusionLabels&quot;: [ # List of label sets used for VM exclusion. If the list has more than one label set, the VM is excluded if any of the label sets are applicable for the VM.
       { # Message representing label set. * A label is a key value pair set for a VM. * A LabelSet is a set of labels. * Labels within a LabelSet are ANDed. In other words, a LabelSet is applicable for a VM only if it matches all the labels in the LabelSet. * Example: A LabelSet with 2 labels: `env=prod` and `type=webserver` will only be applicable for those VMs with both labels present.
         &quot;labels&quot;: { # Labels are identified by key/value pairs in this map. A VM should contain all the key/value pairs specified in this map to be selected.
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -1178,7 +1231,13 @@
         },
       },
     ],
-    &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is included if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
+    &quot;inventories&quot;: [ # List of inventories to select VMs. A VM is selected if its inventory data matches at least one of the following inventories.
+      { # VM inventory details.
+        &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+        &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;osShortNames&quot;: [ # A VM is selected if it&#x27;s OS short name matches with any of the values provided in this list.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
   },
@@ -1191,7 +1250,13 @@
       &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Policy mode
       &quot;resourceGroups&quot;: [ # Required. List of resource groups for the policy. For a particular VM, resource groups are evaluated in the order specified and the first resource group that is applicable is selected and the rest are ignored. If none of the resource groups are applicable for a VM, the VM is considered to be non-compliant w.r.t this policy. This behavior can be toggled by the flag `allow_no_resource_group_match`
         { # Resource groups provide a mechanism to group OS policy resources. Resource groups enable OS policy authors to create a single OS policy to be applied to VMs running different operating Systems. When the OS policy is applied to a target VM, the appropriate resource group within the OS policy is selected based on the `OSFilter` specified within the resource group.
-          &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # The `OSFilter` is used to specify the OS filtering criteria for the resource group. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
+          &quot;inventoryFilters&quot;: [ # List of inventory filters for the resource group. The resources in this resource group are applied to the target VM if it satisfies at least one of the following inventory filters. For example, to apply this resource group to VMs running either `RHEL` or `CentOS` operating systems, specify 2 items for the list with following values: inventory_filters[0].os_short_name=&#x27;rhel&#x27; and inventory_filters[1].os_short_name=&#x27;centos&#x27; If the list is empty, this resource group will be applied to the target VM unconditionally.
+            { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on inventory details.
+              &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The OS short name
+              &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The OS version Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*` An empty string matches all OS versions.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;osFilter&quot;: { # Filtering criteria to select VMs based on OS details. # Used to specify the OS filter for a resource group
             &quot;osShortName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This should match OS short name emitted by the OS inventory agent. An empty value matches any OS.
             &quot;osVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This value should match the version emitted by the OS inventory agent. Prefix matches are supported if asterisk(*) is provided as the last character. For example, to match all versions with a major version of `7`, specify the following value for this field `7.*`
           },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
index 14c8aaf..3d5d134 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1alpha.users.html
@@ -142,6 +142,18 @@
       &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username of the POSIX account.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;securityKeys&quot;: [ # The registered security key credentials for a user.
+    { # The credential information for a Google registered security key.
+      &quot;privateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hardware-backed private key text in SSH format.
+      &quot;publicKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](&quot;https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt&quot;) section 6.6.
+      &quot;universalTwoFactor&quot;: { # Security key information specific to the U2F protocol. # The U2F protocol type.
+        &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Application ID for the U2F protocol.
+      },
+      &quot;webAuthn&quot;: { # Security key information specific to the Web Authentication protocol. # The Web Authentication protocol type.
+        &quot;rpId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Relying party ID for Web Authentication.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;sshPublicKeys&quot;: { # A map from SSH public key fingerprint to the associated key object.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
       &quot;expirationTimeUsec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
@@ -202,6 +214,18 @@
         &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username of the POSIX account.
       },
     ],
+    &quot;securityKeys&quot;: [ # The registered security key credentials for a user.
+      { # The credential information for a Google registered security key.
+        &quot;privateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hardware-backed private key text in SSH format.
+        &quot;publicKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](&quot;https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt&quot;) section 6.6.
+        &quot;universalTwoFactor&quot;: { # Security key information specific to the U2F protocol. # The U2F protocol type.
+          &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Application ID for the U2F protocol.
+        },
+        &quot;webAuthn&quot;: { # Security key information specific to the Web Authentication protocol. # The Web Authentication protocol type.
+          &quot;rpId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Relying party ID for Web Authentication.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     &quot;sshPublicKeys&quot;: { # A map from SSH public key fingerprint to the associated key object.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
         &quot;expirationTimeUsec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html
index 98a426d..b26e6ed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/oslogin_v1beta.users.html
@@ -137,6 +137,18 @@
       &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username of the POSIX account.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;securityKeys&quot;: [ # The registered security key credentials for a user.
+    { # The credential information for a Google registered security key.
+      &quot;privateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hardware-backed private key text in SSH format.
+      &quot;publicKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](&quot;https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt&quot;) section 6.6.
+      &quot;universalTwoFactor&quot;: { # Security key information specific to the U2F protocol. # The U2F protocol type.
+        &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Application ID for the U2F protocol.
+      },
+      &quot;webAuthn&quot;: { # Security key information specific to the Web Authentication protocol. # The Web Authentication protocol type.
+        &quot;rpId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Relying party ID for Web Authentication.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;sshPublicKeys&quot;: { # A map from SSH public key fingerprint to the associated key object.
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
       &quot;expirationTimeUsec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
@@ -197,6 +209,18 @@
         &quot;username&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The username of the POSIX account.
       },
     ],
+    &quot;securityKeys&quot;: [ # The registered security key credentials for a user.
+      { # The credential information for a Google registered security key.
+        &quot;privateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Hardware-backed private key text in SSH format.
+        &quot;publicKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Public key text in SSH format, defined by [RFC4253](&quot;https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4253.txt&quot;) section 6.6.
+        &quot;universalTwoFactor&quot;: { # Security key information specific to the U2F protocol. # The U2F protocol type.
+          &quot;appId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Application ID for the U2F protocol.
+        },
+        &quot;webAuthn&quot;: { # Security key information specific to the Web Authentication protocol. # The Web Authentication protocol type.
+          &quot;rpId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Relying party ID for Web Authentication.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
     &quot;sshPublicKeys&quot;: { # A map from SSH public key fingerprint to the associated key object.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: { # The SSH public key information associated with a Google account.
         &quot;expirationTimeUsec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An expiration time in microseconds since epoch.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
index 8354955..a2b7963 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/people_v1.otherContacts.html
@@ -1005,9 +1005,9 @@
 Args:
   pageSize: integer, Optional. The number of &quot;Other contacts&quot; to include in the response. Valid values are between 1 and 1000, inclusive. Defaults to 100 if not set or set to 0.
   pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous response `next_page_token`. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `otherContacts.list` must match the first call that provided the page token.
-  readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. Valid values are: * emailAddresses * metadata * names * phoneNumbers * photos
+  readMask: string, Required. A field mask to restrict which fields on each person are returned. Multiple fields can be specified by separating them with commas. What values are valid depend on what ReadSourceType is used. If READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT is used, valid values are: * emailAddresses * metadata * names * phoneNumbers * photos If READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE is used, valid values are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined
   requestSyncToken: boolean, Optional. Whether the response should return `next_sync_token` on the last page of results. It can be used to get incremental changes since the last request by setting it on the request `sync_token`. More details about sync behavior at `otherContacts.list`.
-  sources: string, Optional. A mask of what source types to return. Defaults to READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT if not set. If READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT is used, valid values for the readMask are: * emailAddresses * metadata * names * phoneNumbers * photos If READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE is used, valid values for the readMask are: * addresses * ageRanges * biographies * birthdays * calendarUrls * clientData * coverPhotos * emailAddresses * events * externalIds * genders * imClients * interests * locales * locations * memberships * metadata * miscKeywords * names * nicknames * occupations * organizations * phoneNumbers * photos * relations * sipAddresses * skills * urls * userDefined (repeated)
+  sources: string, Optional. A mask of what source types to return. Defaults to READ_SOURCE_TYPE_CONTACT if not set. (repeated)
     Allowed values
       READ_SOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED - Unspecified.
       READ_SOURCE_TYPE_PROFILE - Returns SourceType.ACCOUNT, SourceType.DOMAIN_PROFILE, and SourceType.PROFILE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
index 70ddb01..bb52432 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.subscriptions.html
@@ -197,6 +197,7 @@
     &quot;minimumBackoff&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
   },
   &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
+  &quot;topicMessageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription&#x27;s topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription&#x27;s topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -240,6 +241,7 @@
     &quot;minimumBackoff&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
   },
   &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
+  &quot;topicMessageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription&#x27;s topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription&#x27;s topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -326,6 +328,7 @@
     &quot;minimumBackoff&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
   },
   &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
+  &quot;topicMessageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription&#x27;s topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription&#x27;s topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -416,6 +419,7 @@
         &quot;minimumBackoff&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
       },
       &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
+      &quot;topicMessageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription&#x27;s topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription&#x27;s topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -540,6 +544,7 @@
       &quot;minimumBackoff&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
     },
     &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
+    &quot;topicMessageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription&#x27;s topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription&#x27;s topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
   },
   &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates which fields in the provided subscription to update. Must be specified and non-empty.
 }
@@ -585,6 +590,7 @@
     &quot;minimumBackoff&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The minimum delay between consecutive deliveries of a given message. Value should be between 0 and 600 seconds. Defaults to 10 seconds.
   },
   &quot;topic&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the topic from which this subscription is receiving messages. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. The value of this field will be `_deleted-topic_` if the topic has been deleted.
+  &quot;topicMessageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the minimum duration for which a message is retained after it is published to the subscription&#x27;s topic. If this field is set, messages published to the subscription&#x27;s topic in the last `topic_message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. See the `message_retention_duration` field in `Topic`. This field is set only in responses from the server; it is ignored if it is set in any requests.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html
index c7f51b1..30ae568 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsub_v1.projects.topics.html
@@ -137,6 +137,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
+  &quot;messageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
   &quot;messageStoragePolicy&quot;: { # A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic. # Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
     &quot;allowedPersistenceRegions&quot;: [ # A list of IDs of GCP regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed GCP regions (or running outside of GCP altogether) will be routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -163,6 +164,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
+  &quot;messageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
   &quot;messageStoragePolicy&quot;: { # A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic. # Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
     &quot;allowedPersistenceRegions&quot;: [ # A list of IDs of GCP regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed GCP regions (or running outside of GCP altogether) will be routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -214,6 +216,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
+  &quot;messageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
   &quot;messageStoragePolicy&quot;: { # A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic. # Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
     &quot;allowedPersistenceRegions&quot;: [ # A list of IDs of GCP regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed GCP regions (or running outside of GCP altogether) will be routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -287,6 +290,7 @@
       &quot;labels&quot;: { # See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
+      &quot;messageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
       &quot;messageStoragePolicy&quot;: { # A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic. # Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
         &quot;allowedPersistenceRegions&quot;: [ # A list of IDs of GCP regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed GCP regions (or running outside of GCP altogether) will be routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -332,6 +336,7 @@
     &quot;labels&quot;: { # See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
+    &quot;messageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
     &quot;messageStoragePolicy&quot;: { # A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic. # Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
       &quot;allowedPersistenceRegions&quot;: [ # A list of IDs of GCP regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed GCP regions (or running outside of GCP altogether) will be routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -360,6 +365,7 @@
   &quot;labels&quot;: { # See [Creating and managing labels] (https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/labels).
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
+  &quot;messageRetentionDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates the minimum duration to retain a message after it is published to the topic. If this field is set, messages published to the topic in the last `message_retention_duration` are always available to subscribers. For instance, it allows any attached subscription to [seek to a timestamp](https://cloud.google.com/pubsub/docs/replay-overview#seek_to_a_time) that is up to `message_retention_duration` in the past. If this field is not set, message retention is controlled by settings on individual subscriptions. Cannot be more than 7 days or less than 10 minutes.
   &quot;messageStoragePolicy&quot;: { # A policy constraining the storage of messages published to the topic. # Policy constraining the set of Google Cloud Platform regions where messages published to the topic may be stored. If not present, then no constraints are in effect.
     &quot;allowedPersistenceRegions&quot;: [ # A list of IDs of GCP regions where messages that are published to the topic may be persisted in storage. Messages published by publishers running in non-allowed GCP regions (or running outside of GCP altogether) will be routed for storage in one of the allowed regions. An empty list means that no regions are allowed, and is not a valid configuration.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html
index 69a117e..9cb6194 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html
@@ -75,6 +75,11 @@
 <h1><a href="pubsublite_v1.html">Pub/Sub Lite API</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.html">admin</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html">locations</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html">operations()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the operations Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.subscriptions.html">subscriptions()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the subscriptions Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..02b1c34
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="pubsublite_v1.html">Pub/Sub Lite API</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.html">admin</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.html">projects</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.html">locations</a> . <a href="pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html">operations</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `"/v1/{name=users/*}/operations"` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="cancel">cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn&#x27;t support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`. NOTE: the `name` binding allows API services to override the binding to use different resource name schemes, such as `users/*/operations`. To override the binding, API services can add a binding such as `&quot;/v1/{name=users/*}/operations&quot;` to their service configuration. For backwards compatibility, the default name includes the operations collection id, however overriding users must ensure the name binding is the parent resource, without the operations collection id.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation&#x27;s parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The standard List next-page token.
+  &quot;operations&quot;: [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.subscriptions.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.subscriptions.html
index 480b409..ae0deb0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.subscriptions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.subscriptions.html
@@ -95,6 +95,9 @@
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates properties of the specified subscription.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#seek">seek(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Performs an out-of-band seek for a subscription to a specified target, which may be timestamps or named positions within the message backlog. Seek translates these targets to cursors for each partition and orchestrates subscribers to start consuming messages from these seek cursors. If an operation is returned, the seek has been registered and subscribers will eventually receive messages from the seek cursors (i.e. eventual consistency), as long as they are using a minimum supported client library version and not a system that tracks cursors independently of Pub/Sub Lite (e.g. Apache Beam, Dataflow, Spark). The seek operation will fail for unsupported clients. If clients would like to know when subscribers react to the seek (or not), they can poll the operation. The seek operation will succeed and complete once subscribers are ready to receive messages from the seek cursors for all partitions of the topic. This means that the seek operation will not complete until all subscribers come online. If the previous seek operation has not yet completed, it will be aborted and the new invocation of seek will supersede it.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -257,4 +260,50 @@
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="seek">seek(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Performs an out-of-band seek for a subscription to a specified target, which may be timestamps or named positions within the message backlog. Seek translates these targets to cursors for each partition and orchestrates subscribers to start consuming messages from these seek cursors. If an operation is returned, the seek has been registered and subscribers will eventually receive messages from the seek cursors (i.e. eventual consistency), as long as they are using a minimum supported client library version and not a system that tracks cursors independently of Pub/Sub Lite (e.g. Apache Beam, Dataflow, Spark). The seek operation will fail for unsupported clients. If clients would like to know when subscribers react to the seek (or not), they can poll the operation. The seek operation will succeed and complete once subscribers are ready to receive messages from the seek cursors for all partitions of the topic. This means that the seek operation will not complete until all subscribers come online. If the previous seek operation has not yet completed, it will be aborted and the new invocation of seek will supersede it.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the subscription to seek. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for SeekSubscription.
+  &quot;namedTarget&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Seek to a named position with respect to the message backlog.
+  &quot;timeTarget&quot;: { # A target publish or event time. Can be used for seeking to or retrieving the corresponding cursor. # Seek to the first message whose publish or event time is greater than or equal to the specified query time. If no such message can be located, will seek to the end of the message backlog.
+    &quot;eventTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Request the cursor of the first message with event time greater than or equal to `event_time`. If messages are missing an event time, the publish time is used as a fallback. As event times are user supplied, subsequent messages may have event times less than `event_time` and should be filtered by the client, if necessary.
+    &quot;publishTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Request the cursor of the first message with publish time greater than or equal to `publish_time`. All messages thereafter are guaranteed to have publish times &gt;= `publish_time`.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.keys.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.keys.html
index b51536e..cc266c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.keys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.keys.html
@@ -277,6 +277,7 @@
       &quot;passedCount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of nocaptchas (successful verification without a challenge) plus submitted challenge solutions that were correct and resulted in verification.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the metrics, in the format &quot;projects/{project}/keys/{key}/metrics&quot;.
   &quot;scoreMetrics&quot;: [ # Metrics will be continuous and in order by dates, and in the granularity of day. All Key types should have score-based data.
     { # Metrics related to scoring.
       &quot;actionMetrics&quot;: { # Action-based metrics. The map key is the action name which specified by the site owners at time of the &quot;execute&quot; client-side call. Populated only for SCORE keys.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 45b89cc..bd140f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.billingAccounts.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -166,6 +166,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -269,6 +272,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -392,6 +398,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -499,6 +508,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -606,6 +618,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index db2ddcf..7e3d4e1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.folders.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -166,6 +166,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -269,6 +272,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -392,6 +398,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -499,6 +508,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -606,6 +618,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index e212753..685a122 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.organizations.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -166,6 +166,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -269,6 +272,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -392,6 +398,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -499,6 +508,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -606,6 +618,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
index 4a2a22f..77c4cf3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/recommender_v1.projects.locations.recommenders.recommendations.html
@@ -166,6 +166,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -269,6 +272,9 @@
             ],
           },
         ],
+        &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+        },
       },
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -392,6 +398,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -499,6 +508,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
@@ -606,6 +618,9 @@
         ],
       },
     ],
+    &quot;overview&quot;: { # Condensed overview information about the recommendation.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
+    },
   },
   &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Free-form human readable summary in English. The maximum length is 500 characters.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fingerprint of the Recommendation. Provides optimistic locking when updating states.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index 8604930..4c430ce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
               },
             ],
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-            &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+            &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
               { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
index 57c6c05..db66aab 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-    &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+    &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
     &quot;volumes&quot;: [
       { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
         &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
index c3f1735..dd49437 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -1038,7 +1038,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@
               },
             ],
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-            &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+            &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
               { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -1708,7 +1708,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -2029,7 +2029,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
index 678bcbe..f51a846 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -654,7 +654,7 @@
               },
             ],
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-            &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+            &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
               { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
index 9364a2a..e2837cf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
       },
     ],
     &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-    &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+    &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
     &quot;volumes&quot;: [
       { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
         &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
index fd6830f..79f4a0a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -675,7 +675,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -1047,7 +1047,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -1432,7 +1432,7 @@
               },
             ],
             &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-            &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+            &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
               { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -1765,7 +1765,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
@@ -2086,7 +2086,7 @@
           },
         ],
         &quot;serviceAccountName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address of the IAM service account associated with the revision of the service. The service account represents the identity of the running revision, and determines what permissions the revision has. If not provided, the revision will use the project&#x27;s default service account.
-        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 900 seconds (15 minutes). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
+        &quot;timeoutSeconds&quot;: 42, # TimeoutSeconds holds the max duration the instance is allowed for responding to a request. Cloud Run fully managed: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is 3600 seconds (1 hour). Cloud Run for Anthos: defaults to 300 seconds (5 minutes). Maximum allowed value is configurable by the cluster operator.
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Not supported by Cloud Run Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
index a70d238..25560de 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
           &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
             { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
               &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
               &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
             },
           ],
@@ -545,7 +545,7 @@
       &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
         { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
           &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
           &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
         },
       ],
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@
           &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
             { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
               &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
               &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
             },
           ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
index 5dbc0e9..adfc984 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@
       &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
         { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
           &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+          &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
           &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
         },
       ],
@@ -584,7 +584,7 @@
           &quot;rules&quot;: [ # A list of documentation rules that apply to individual API elements. **NOTE:** All service configuration rules follow &quot;last one wins&quot; order.
             { # A documentation rule provides information about individual API elements.
               &quot;deprecationDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecation description of the selected element(s). It can be provided if an element is marked as `deprecated`.
-              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description is the comment in front of the selected proto element, such as a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field.
+              &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description of the selected proto element (e.g. a message, a method, a &#x27;service&#x27; definition, or a field). Defaults to leading &amp; trailing comments taken from the proto source definition of the proto element.
               &quot;selector&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The selector is a comma-separated list of patterns for any element such as a method, a field, an enum value. Each pattern is a qualified name of the element which may end in &quot;*&quot;, indicating a wildcard. Wildcards are only allowed at the end and for a whole component of the qualified name, i.e. &quot;foo.*&quot; is ok, but not &quot;foo.b*&quot; or &quot;foo.*.bar&quot;. A wildcard will match one or more components. To specify a default for all applicable elements, the whole pattern &quot;*&quot; is used.
             },
           ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
index ebad4a7..d402260 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
@@ -777,1009 +777,7 @@
           &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
           &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
           &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-          &quot;notesPage&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-            &quot;layoutProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page are only relevant for pages with page_type LAYOUT. # Layout specific properties. Only set if page_type = LAYOUT.
-              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the layout.
-              &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this layout is based on.
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the layout.
-            },
-            &quot;masterProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type MASTER. # Master specific properties. Only set if page_type = MASTER.
-              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the master.
-            },
-            &quot;notesProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type NOTES. # Notes specific properties. Only set if page_type = NOTES.
-              &quot;speakerNotesObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the shape on this notes page that contains the speaker notes for the corresponding slide. The actual shape may not always exist on the notes page. Inserting text using this object ID will automatically create the shape. In this case, the actual shape may have different object ID. The `GetPresentation` or `GetPage` action will always return the latest object ID.
-            },
-            &quot;objectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID for this page. Object IDs used by Page and PageElement share the same namespace.
-            &quot;pageElements&quot;: [ # The page elements rendered on the page.
-              { # A visual element rendered on a page.
-                &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the page element. Combined with title to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements.
-                &quot;elementGroup&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a joined collection of PageElements. # A collection of page elements joined as a single unit.
-                  &quot;children&quot;: [ # The collection of elements in the group. The minimum size of a group is 2.
-                    # Object with schema name: PageElement
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing an image. # An image page element.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An URL to an image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change.
-                  &quot;imageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the image.
-                    &quot;brightness&quot;: 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                    &quot;contrast&quot;: 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                    &quot;cropProperties&quot;: { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object&#x27;s original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;angle&quot;: 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset.
-                      &quot;bottomOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                      &quot;leftOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                      &quot;rightOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                      &quot;topOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                    },
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;recolor&quot;: { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page&#x27;s current color scheme. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;recolorStops&quot;: [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only.
-                        { # A color and position in a gradient band.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                          &quot;position&quot;: 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                    &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        },
-                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                        &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                      },
-                      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
-                  },
-                  &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
-                },
-                &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
-                  &quot;lineCategory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The category of the line. It matches the `category` specified in CreateLineRequest, and can be updated with UpdateLineCategoryRequest.
-                  &quot;lineProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Line. When unset, these fields default to values that match the appearance of new lines created in the Slides editor. # The properties of the line.
-                    &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the line.
-                    &quot;endArrow&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the arrow at the end of the line.
-                    &quot;endConnection&quot;: { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the end of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a &quot;connector&quot; can have an `end_connection`.
-                      &quot;connectedObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line.
-                      &quot;connectionSiteIndex&quot;: 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the &quot;cnx&quot; attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. &quot;Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries&quot; of &quot;Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference&quot;, part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor.
-                    },
-                    &quot;lineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the line. # The fill of the line. The default line fill matches the defaults for new lines created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the line. If unset, there is no link.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;startArrow&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the arrow at the beginning of the line.
-                    &quot;startConnection&quot;: { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the beginning of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a &quot;connector&quot; can have a `start_connection`.
-                      &quot;connectedObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line.
-                      &quot;connectionSiteIndex&quot;: 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the &quot;cnx&quot; attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. &quot;Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries&quot; of &quot;Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference&quot;, part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor.
-                    },
-                    &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the line.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;lineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the line.
-                },
-                &quot;objectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID for this page element. Object IDs used by google.apps.slides.v1.Page and google.apps.slides.v1.PageElement share the same namespace.
-                &quot;shape&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a generic shape that does not have a more specific classification. # A generic shape.
-                  &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the shape is a placeholder shape and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
-                    &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
-                    &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
-                  },
-                  &quot;shapeProperties&quot;: { # The properties of a Shape. If the shape is a placeholder shape as determined by the placeholder field, then these properties may be inherited from a parent placeholder shape. Determining the rendered value of the property depends on the corresponding property_state field value. Any text autofit settings on the shape are automatically deactivated by requests that can impact how text fits in the shape. # The properties of the shape.
-                    &quot;autofit&quot;: { # The autofit properties of a Shape. # The autofit properties of the shape. This property is only set for shapes that allow text.
-                      &quot;autofitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The autofit type of the shape. If the autofit type is AUTOFIT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, the autofit type is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. The field is automatically set to NONE if a request is made that might affect text fitting within its bounding text box. In this case the font_scale is applied to the font_size and the line_spacing_reduction is applied to the line_spacing. Both properties are also reset to default values.
-                      &quot;fontScale&quot;: 3.14, # The font scale applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 1. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value multiplied by the font_size gives the font size that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;lineSpacingReduction&quot;: 3.14, # The line spacing reduction applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 0. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value subtracted from the line_spacing gives the line spacing that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;contentAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment of the content in the shape. If unspecified, the alignment is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, the default alignment matches the alignment for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the shape. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent placeholders.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the shape. If unset, the outline is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default outline depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow properties of the shape. If unset, the shadow is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default shadow matches the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        },
-                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                        &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                      },
-                      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;shapeBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The shape background fill. # The background fill of the shape. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default background fill depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a shape will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a shape, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;shapeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shape.
-                  &quot;text&quot;: { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the shape.
-                    &quot;lists&quot;: { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list&#x27;s ID.
-                        &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list.
-                        &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive.
-                          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting.
-                            &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting.
-                              &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                              &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                              &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                              },
-                              &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                              &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                              },
-                              &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                              &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                              &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                              &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                              },
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;textElements&quot;: [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only.
-                      { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell.
-                        &quot;autoText&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time.
-                          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered content of this auto text, if available.
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text.
-                            &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                            &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                            &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                            &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                            &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                              &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                              &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                              &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                              &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                            },
-                            &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                            &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                            &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                            &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                              &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                            },
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this auto text.
-                        },
-                        &quot;endIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units.
-                        &quot;paragraphMarker&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph&#x27;s range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap.
-                          &quot;bullet&quot;: { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list.
-                            &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet.
-                              &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                              &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                              &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                              },
-                              &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                              &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                              },
-                              &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                              &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                              &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                              &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;glyph&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph.
-                            &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
-                            &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
-                          },
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph&#x27;s style
-                            &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text alignment for this paragraph.
-                            &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited.
-                            &quot;indentEnd&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;indentFirstLine&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;indentStart&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;lineSpacing&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                            &quot;spaceAbove&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;spaceBelow&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;spacingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The spacing mode for the paragraph.
-                          },
-                        },
-                        &quot;startIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units.
-                        &quot;textRun&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs.
-                          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this run.
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run.
-                            &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                            &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                            &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                            &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                            &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                              &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                              &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                              &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                              &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                            },
-                            &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                            &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                            &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                            &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                              &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;sheetsChart&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. # A linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. Unlinked charts are represented as images.
-                  &quot;chartId&quot;: 42, # The ID of the specific chart in the Google Sheets spreadsheet that is embedded.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of an image of the embedded chart, with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change.
-                  &quot;sheetsChartProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the SheetsChart. # The properties of the Sheets chart.
-                    &quot;chartImageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the embedded chart image.
-                      &quot;brightness&quot;: 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;contrast&quot;: 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;cropProperties&quot;: { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object&#x27;s original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;angle&quot;: 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset.
-                        &quot;bottomOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                        &quot;leftOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                        &quot;rightOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                        &quot;topOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                      },
-                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link.
-                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline.
-                        &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                        &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                          &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                            &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                              &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              },
-                              &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                        &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                        &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;recolor&quot;: { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page&#x27;s current color scheme. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;recolorStops&quot;: [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only.
-                          { # A color and position in a gradient band.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque.
-                            &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop.
-                              &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              },
-                              &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                            },
-                            &quot;position&quot;: 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
-                          },
-                        ],
-                      },
-                      &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                        &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                        &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                          &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                          &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                          &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                          &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                          &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                          &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                        },
-                        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      },
-                      &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;spreadsheetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart.
-                },
-                &quot;size&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of the page element.
-                  &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
-                    &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                    &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                  },
-                  &quot;width&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object.
-                    &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                    &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;table&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element.
-                  &quot;columns&quot;: 42, # Number of columns in the table.
-                  &quot;horizontalBorderRows&quot;: [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table&#x27;s horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns.
-                    { # Contents of each border row in a table.
-                      &quot;tableBorderCells&quot;: [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border&#x27;s adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response.
-                        { # The properties of each border cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;tableBorderProperties&quot;: { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties.
-                            &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the border.
-                            &quot;tableBorderFill&quot;: { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;rows&quot;: 42, # Number of rows in the table.
-                  &quot;tableColumns&quot;: [ # Properties of each column.
-                    { # Properties of each column in a table.
-                      &quot;columnWidth&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Width of a column.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;tableRows&quot;: [ # Properties and contents of each row. Cells that span multiple rows are contained in only one of these rows and have a row_span greater than 1.
-                    { # Properties and contents of each row in a table.
-                      &quot;rowHeight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Height of a row.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;tableCells&quot;: [ # Properties and contents of each cell. Cells that span multiple columns are represented only once with a column_span greater than 1. As a result, the length of this collection does not always match the number of columns of the entire table.
-                        { # Properties and contents of each table cell.
-                          &quot;columnSpan&quot;: 42, # Column span of the cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the cell within the table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;rowSpan&quot;: 42, # Row span of the cell.
-                          &quot;tableCellProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the TableCell. # The properties of the table cell.
-                            &quot;contentAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment of the content in the table cell. The default alignment matches the alignment for newly created table cells in the Slides editor.
-                            &quot;tableCellBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The table cell background fill. # The background fill of the table cell. The default fill matches the fill for newly created table cells in the Slides editor.
-                              &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a table cell will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a table cell, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                          },
-                          &quot;text&quot;: { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the cell.
-                            &quot;lists&quot;: { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID.
-                              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list&#x27;s ID.
-                                &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list.
-                                &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive.
-                                  &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting.
-                                    &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting.
-                                      &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                      &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                      &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                      &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                      &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                      &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                        &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                        &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;textElements&quot;: [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only.
-                              { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell.
-                                &quot;autoText&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time.
-                                  &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered content of this auto text, if available.
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text.
-                                    &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                    &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                    &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                    &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                    &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                    &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                    &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                      &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this auto text.
-                                },
-                                &quot;endIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units.
-                                &quot;paragraphMarker&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph&#x27;s range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap.
-                                  &quot;bullet&quot;: { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list.
-                                    &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet.
-                                      &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                      &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                      &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                      &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                      &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                      &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                        &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                        &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;glyph&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph.
-                                    &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
-                                    &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph&#x27;s style
-                                    &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text alignment for this paragraph.
-                                    &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited.
-                                    &quot;indentEnd&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;indentFirstLine&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;indentStart&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;lineSpacing&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                    &quot;spaceAbove&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;spaceBelow&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;spacingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The spacing mode for the paragraph.
-                                  },
-                                },
-                                &quot;startIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units.
-                                &quot;textRun&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs.
-                                  &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this run.
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run.
-                                    &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                    &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                    &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                    &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                    &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                    &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                    &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                      &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                },
-                              },
-                            ],
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;tableRowProperties&quot;: { # Properties of each row in a table. # Properties of the row.
-                        &quot;minRowHeight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Minimum height of the row. The row will be rendered in the Slides editor at a height equal to or greater than this value in order to show all the text in the row&#x27;s cell(s).
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;verticalBorderRows&quot;: [ # Properties of vertical cell borders. A table&#x27;s vertical cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has the same number of rows as the table and one more column than the number of columns in the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its vertical borders will be represented as a grid with 3 rows and 4 columns.
-                    { # Contents of each border row in a table.
-                      &quot;tableBorderCells&quot;: [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border&#x27;s adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response.
-                        { # The properties of each border cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;tableBorderProperties&quot;: { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties.
-                            &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the border.
-                            &quot;tableBorderFill&quot;: { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the page element. Combined with description to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements.
-                &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # The transform of the page element. The visual appearance of the page element is determined by its absolute transform. To compute the absolute transform, preconcatenate a page element&#x27;s transform with the transforms of all of its parent groups. If the page element is not in a group, its absolute transform is the same as the value in this field. The initial transform for the newly created Group is always the identity transform.
-                  &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                  &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                  &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                  &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                  &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                  &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                  &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                },
-                &quot;video&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a video. # A video page element.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The video source&#x27;s unique identifier for this video.
-                  &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The video source.
-                  &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An URL to a video. The URL is valid as long as the source video exists and sharing settings do not change.
-                  &quot;videoProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Video. # The properties of the video.
-                    &quot;autoPlay&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable video autoplay when the page is displayed in present mode. Defaults to false.
-                    &quot;end&quot;: 42, # The time at which to end playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the end time should be after the start time. If not set or if you set this to a value that exceeds the video&#x27;s length, the video will be played until its end.
-                    &quot;mute&quot;: True or False, # Whether to mute the audio during video playback. Defaults to false.
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the video. The default outline matches the defaults for new videos created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;start&quot;: 42, # The time at which to start playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the start time should be before the end time. If you set this to a value that exceeds the video&#x27;s length in seconds, the video will be played from the last second. If not set, the video will be played from the beginning.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;wordArt&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing word art. # A word art page element.
-                  &quot;renderedText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text rendered as word art.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-            &quot;pageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Page. The page will inherit properties from the parent page. Depending on the page type the hierarchy is defined in either SlideProperties or LayoutProperties. # The properties of the page.
-              &quot;colorScheme&quot;: { # The palette of predefined colors for a page. # The color scheme of the page. If unset, the color scheme is inherited from a parent page. If the page has no parent, the color scheme uses a default Slides color scheme, matching the defaults in the Slides editor. Only the concrete colors of the first 12 ThemeColorTypes are editable. In addition, only the color scheme on `Master` pages can be updated. To update the field, a color scheme containing mappings from all the first 12 ThemeColorTypes to their concrete colors must be provided. Colors for the remaining ThemeColorTypes will be ignored.
-                &quot;colors&quot;: [ # The ThemeColorType and corresponding concrete color pairs.
-                  { # A pair mapping a theme color type to the concrete color it represents.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # An RGB color. # The concrete color corresponding to the theme color type above.
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the theme color.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;pageBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The page background fill. # The background fill of the page. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent page if it exists. If the page has no parent, then the background fill defaults to the corresponding fill in the Slides editor.
-                &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a page will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a page, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                  &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                  &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                    &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                    },
-                    &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;stretchedPictureFill&quot;: { # The stretched picture fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified picture. The picture is stretched to fit its container. # Stretched picture fill.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reading the content_url: An URL to a picture with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the picture as the original requester. Access to the picture may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change. Writing the content_url: The picture is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is stored for display inside the presentation. Pictures must be less than 50MB in size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF format. The provided URL can be at most 2 kB in length.
-                  &quot;size&quot;: { # A width and height. # The original size of the picture fill. This field is read-only.
-                    &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                    &quot;width&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
-            &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-            &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-          },
+          &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
         },
       },
       &quot;updateSlidesPosition&quot;: { # Updates the position of slides in the presentation. # Updates the position of a set of slides in the presentation.
@@ -3042,7 +2040,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -4048,7 +3051,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -5052,7 +4060,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -6068,7 +5081,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
@@ -7085,7 +6103,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -8091,7 +7114,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -9095,7 +8123,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -10111,7 +9144,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
@@ -11135,7 +10173,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -12141,7 +11184,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -13145,7 +12193,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -14161,7 +13214,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
index e43aa02..bb9f82c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
@@ -1105,7 +1105,12 @@
   },
   &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-  &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+  &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+    &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+    &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/speech_v1.speech.html b/docs/dyn/speech_v1.speech.html
index ebdb470..b550d02 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/speech_v1.speech.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/speech_v1.speech.html
@@ -248,6 +248,7 @@
       &quot;channelTag&quot;: 42, # For multi-channel audio, this is the channel number corresponding to the recognized result for the audio from that channel. For audio_channel_count = N, its output values can range from &#x27;1&#x27; to &#x27;N&#x27;.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;totalBilledTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When available, billed audio seconds for the corresponding request.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/speech_v1p1beta1.speech.html b/docs/dyn/speech_v1p1beta1.speech.html
index 0b1fda9..0a256ac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/speech_v1p1beta1.speech.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/speech_v1p1beta1.speech.html
@@ -329,6 +329,7 @@
       &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The [BCP-47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt) language tag of the language in this result. This language code was detected to have the most likelihood of being spoken in the audio.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;totalBilledTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When available, billed audio seconds for the corresponding request.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
index b99f241..4d10c25 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
@@ -896,6 +896,7 @@
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
     &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
+      &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
           &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -1199,6 +1200,7 @@
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
     &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
+      &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
           &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -1478,6 +1480,7 @@
           &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
         },
         &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
+          &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
           &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
             { # An entry for an Access Control list.
               &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -1729,6 +1732,7 @@
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
     &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
+      &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
           &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -2719,6 +2723,7 @@
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
     &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled for Second Generation instances.
+      &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: **192.168.100.0/24**).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
           &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
index e84b557..9b4eefa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
@@ -81,10 +81,10 @@
   <code><a href="#rescheduleMaintenance">rescheduleMaintenance(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Reschedules the maintenance on the given instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#startExternalSync">startExternalSync(project, instance, skipVerification=None, syncMode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#startExternalSync">startExternalSync(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Start External primary instance migration.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#verifyExternalSyncSettings">verifyExternalSyncSettings(project, instance, syncMode=None, verifyConnectionOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#verifyExternalSyncSettings">verifyExternalSyncSettings(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Verify External primary instance external sync settings.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
@@ -189,18 +189,22 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="startExternalSync">startExternalSync(project, instance, skipVerification=None, syncMode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="startExternalSync">startExternalSync(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Start External primary instance migration.
 
 Args:
   project: string, ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  skipVerification: boolean, Whether to skip the verification step (VESS).
-  syncMode: string, External sync mode.
-    Allowed values
-      EXTERNAL_SYNC_MODE_UNSPECIFIED - Unknown external sync mode, will be defaulted to ONLINE mode
-      ONLINE - Online external sync will set up replication after initial data external sync
-      OFFLINE - Offline external sync only dumps and loads a one-time snapshot of the primary instance&#x27;s data
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Instance start external sync request.
+  &quot;mysqlSyncConfig&quot;: { # MySQL-specific external server sync settings. # MySQL-specific settings for start external sync.
+  },
+  &quot;skipVerification&quot;: True or False, # Whether to skip the verification step (VESS).
+  &quot;syncMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External sync mode.
+}
+
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -281,18 +285,22 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="verifyExternalSyncSettings">verifyExternalSyncSettings(project, instance, syncMode=None, verifyConnectionOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="verifyExternalSyncSettings">verifyExternalSyncSettings(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Verify External primary instance external sync settings.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  syncMode: string, External sync mode
-    Allowed values
-      EXTERNAL_SYNC_MODE_UNSPECIFIED - Unknown external sync mode, will be defaulted to ONLINE mode
-      ONLINE - Online external sync will set up replication after initial data external sync
-      OFFLINE - Offline external sync only dumps and loads a one-time snapshot of the primary instance&#x27;s data
-  verifyConnectionOnly: boolean, Flag to enable verifying connection only
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Instance verify external sync settings request.
+  &quot;mysqlSyncConfig&quot;: { # MySQL-specific external server sync settings. # Optional. MySQL-specific settings for start external sync.
+  },
+  &quot;syncMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External sync mode
+  &quot;verifyConnectionOnly&quot;: True or False, # Flag to enable verifying connection only
+}
+
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
index 4222aa1..4a93a5c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
   <code><a href="#insert">insert(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Creates a new user in a Cloud SQL instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#list">list(project, instance, body_etag=None, body_host=None, body_instance=None, body_kind=None, body_name=None, body_password=None, body_project=None, body_sqlserverUserDetails_disabled=None, body_sqlserverUserDetails_serverRoles=None, body_type=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#list">list(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Lists users in the specified Cloud SQL instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#update">update(project, instance, body=None, host=None, name=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -290,26 +290,12 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="list">list(project, instance, body_etag=None, body_host=None, body_instance=None, body_kind=None, body_name=None, body_password=None, body_project=None, body_sqlserverUserDetails_disabled=None, body_sqlserverUserDetails_serverRoles=None, body_type=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Lists users in the specified Cloud SQL instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
   instance: string, Database instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  body_etag: string, This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
-  body_host: string, The host name from which the user can connect. For *insert* operations, host defaults to an empty string. For *update* operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion.
-  body_instance: string, The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified on the URL.
-  body_kind: string, This is always *sql#user*.
-  body_name: string, The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified in the URL.
-  body_password: string, The password for the user.
-  body_project: string, The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified on the URL.
-  body_sqlserverUserDetails_disabled: boolean, If the user has been disabled
-  body_sqlserverUserDetails_serverRoles: string, The server roles for this user (repeated)
-  body_type: string, The user type. It determines the method to authenticate the user during login. The default is the database&#x27;s built-in user type.
-    Allowed values
-      BUILT_IN - The database&#x27;s built-in user type.
-      CLOUD_IAM_USER - Cloud IAM user.
-      CLOUD_IAM_SERVICE_ACCOUNT - Cloud IAM service account.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
index 24802a6..6e75865 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
@@ -896,6 +896,7 @@
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
     &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+      &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
           &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
@@ -1199,6 +1200,7 @@
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
     &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+      &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
           &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
@@ -1478,6 +1480,7 @@
           &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
         },
         &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+          &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
           &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
             { # An entry for an Access Control list.
               &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
@@ -1729,6 +1732,7 @@
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
     &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+      &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
           &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
@@ -2719,6 +2723,7 @@
       &quot;recordClientAddress&quot;: True or False, # Whether Query Insights will record client address when enabled.
     },
     &quot;ipConfiguration&quot;: { # IP Management configuration. # The settings for IP Management. This allows to enable or disable the instance IP and manage which external networks can connect to the instance. The IPv4 address cannot be disabled.
+      &quot;allocatedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the allocated ip range for the private ip CloudSQL instance. For example: &quot;google-managed-services-default&quot;. If set, the instance ip will be created in the allocated range. The range name must comply with [RFC 1035](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1035). Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression [a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?. Reserved for future use.
       &quot;authorizedNetworks&quot;: [ # The list of external networks that are allowed to connect to the instance using the IP. In &#x27;CIDR&#x27; notation, also known as &#x27;slash&#x27; notation (for example: *192.168.100.0/24*).
         { # An entry for an Access Control list.
           &quot;expirationTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time when this access control entry expires in RFC 3339 format, for example *2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z*.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
index 50f4c1b..9c26522 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
@@ -81,10 +81,10 @@
   <code><a href="#rescheduleMaintenance">rescheduleMaintenance(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Reschedules the maintenance on the given instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#startExternalSync">startExternalSync(project, instance, skipVerification=None, syncMode=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#startExternalSync">startExternalSync(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Start External primary instance migration.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#verifyExternalSyncSettings">verifyExternalSyncSettings(project, instance, syncMode=None, verifyConnectionOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#verifyExternalSyncSettings">verifyExternalSyncSettings(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Verify External primary instance external sync settings.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
@@ -189,18 +189,22 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="startExternalSync">startExternalSync(project, instance, skipVerification=None, syncMode=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="startExternalSync">startExternalSync(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Start External primary instance migration.
 
 Args:
   project: string, ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  skipVerification: boolean, Whether to skip the verification step (VESS).
-  syncMode: string, External sync mode.
-    Allowed values
-      EXTERNAL_SYNC_MODE_UNSPECIFIED - Unknown external sync mode, will be defaulted to ONLINE mode
-      ONLINE - Online external sync will set up replication after initial data external sync
-      OFFLINE - Offline external sync only dumps and loads a one-time snapshot of the primary instance&#x27;s data
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  &quot;mysqlSyncConfig&quot;: { # MySQL-specific external server sync settings. # MySQL-specific settings for start external sync.
+  },
+  &quot;skipVerification&quot;: True or False, # Whether to skip the verification step (VESS).
+  &quot;syncMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External sync mode.
+}
+
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -281,18 +285,22 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="verifyExternalSyncSettings">verifyExternalSyncSettings(project, instance, syncMode=None, verifyConnectionOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="verifyExternalSyncSettings">verifyExternalSyncSettings(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Verify External primary instance external sync settings.
 
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  syncMode: string, External sync mode
-    Allowed values
-      EXTERNAL_SYNC_MODE_UNSPECIFIED - Unknown external sync mode, will be defaulted to ONLINE mode
-      ONLINE - Online external sync will set up replication after initial data external sync
-      OFFLINE - Offline external sync only dumps and loads a one-time snapshot of the primary instance&#x27;s data
-  verifyConnectionOnly: boolean, Flag to enable verifying connection only
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{
+  &quot;mysqlSyncConfig&quot;: { # MySQL-specific external server sync settings. # Optional. MySQL-specific settings for start external sync.
+  },
+  &quot;syncMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # External sync mode
+  &quot;verifyConnectionOnly&quot;: True or False, # Flag to enable verifying connection only
+}
+
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html
index 6a8b145..36c09ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.versions.html
@@ -239,6 +239,20 @@
       &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+        &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      },
       &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
       &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -835,6 +849,20 @@
       &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+        &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      },
       &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
       &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -1434,6 +1462,20 @@
         &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
+        &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+          &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          },
+        },
         &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
         &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
         &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -2031,6 +2073,20 @@
       &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+        &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      },
       &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
       &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -2627,6 +2683,20 @@
       &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+        &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      },
       &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
       &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -3218,6 +3288,20 @@
       &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+        &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      },
       &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
       &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -3808,6 +3892,20 @@
       &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+        &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      },
       &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
       &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.folders.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.folders.html
index 6803fda..1e82558 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.folders.html
@@ -194,6 +194,20 @@
       &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+        &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      },
       &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
       &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
index 7e5108b..99e750a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.html
@@ -322,6 +322,20 @@
         &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
+        &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+          &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          },
+        },
         &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
         &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
         &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -907,6 +921,20 @@
           &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
+          &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+            &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            },
+          },
           &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
           &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
           &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -1374,6 +1402,20 @@
           &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
+          &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+            &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            },
+          },
           &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
           &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
           &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -1844,6 +1886,20 @@
         &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
+        &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+          &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          },
+        },
         &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
         &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
         &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -2436,6 +2492,20 @@
         &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
+        &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+          &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+            &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              # Object with schema name: Parameter
+            ],
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          },
+        },
         &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
         &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
         &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -2973,6 +3043,20 @@
     &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+      &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      },
+    },
     &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
     &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
     &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -3466,6 +3550,20 @@
           &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
+          &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+            &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            },
+          },
           &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
           &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
           &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -3933,6 +4031,20 @@
           &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
+          &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+            &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+              &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+                # Object with schema name: Parameter
+              ],
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+              &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            },
+          },
           &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
           &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
           &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
diff --git a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.html b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.html
index 27e4d88..e2fd7a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/tagmanager_v2.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.html
@@ -121,6 +121,20 @@
   &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+    &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  },
   &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
   &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -208,6 +222,20 @@
   &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+    &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  },
   &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
   &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -315,6 +343,20 @@
   &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+    &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  },
   &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
   &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -413,6 +455,20 @@
       &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
+      &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+        &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+          &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+            # Object with schema name: Parameter
+          ],
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        },
+      },
       &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
       &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
       &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -525,6 +581,20 @@
     &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
+    &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+      &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+          # Object with schema name: Parameter
+        ],
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      },
+    },
     &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
     &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
     &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -615,6 +685,20 @@
   &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+    &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  },
   &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
   &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
@@ -703,6 +787,20 @@
   &quot;blockingTriggerId&quot;: [ # Blocking trigger IDs. If any of the listed triggers evaluate to true, the tag will not fire. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
+  &quot;consentSettings&quot;: { # Consent settings of a tag. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    &quot;consentStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The tag&#x27;s consent status. If set to NEEDED, the runtime will check that the consent types specified by the consent_type field have been granted.
+    &quot;consentType&quot;: { # Represents a Google Tag Manager Parameter. # The type of consents to check for during tag firing if in the consent NEEDED state. This parameter must be of type LIST where each list item is of type STRING.
+      &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The named key that uniquely identifies a parameter. Required for top-level parameters, as well as map values. Ignored for list values. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;list&quot;: [ # This list parameter&#x27;s parameters (keys will be ignored). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;map&quot;: [ # This map parameter&#x27;s parameters (must have keys; keys must be unique). @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+        # Object with schema name: Parameter
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The parameter type. Valid values are: - boolean: The value represents a boolean, represented as &#x27;true&#x27; or &#x27;false&#x27; - integer: The value represents a 64-bit signed integer value, in base 10 - list: A list of parameters should be specified - map: A map of parameters should be specified - template: The value represents any text; this can include variable references (even variable references that might return non-string types) - trigger_reference: The value represents a trigger, represented as the trigger id - tag_reference: The value represents a tag, represented as the tag name @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+      &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A parameter&#x27;s value (may contain variable references such as &quot;{{myVariable}}&quot;) as appropriate to the specified type. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.variables.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.triggers.update @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
+    },
+  },
   &quot;containerId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # GTM Container ID.
   &quot;fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the GTM Tag as computed at storage time. This value is recomputed whenever the tag is modified.
   &quot;firingRuleId&quot;: [ # Firing rule IDs. A tag will fire when any of the listed rules are true and all of its blockingRuleIds (if any specified) are false. @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.create @mutable tagmanager.accounts.containers.workspaces.tags.update
diff --git a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.testEnvironmentCatalog.html b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.testEnvironmentCatalog.html
index e5c78ac..f51f530 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/testing_v1.testEnvironmentCatalog.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/testing_v1.testEnvironmentCatalog.html
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
   },
   &quot;softwareCatalog&quot;: { # The currently provided software environment on the devices under test. # The software test environment provided by TestExecutionService.
     &quot;androidxOrchestratorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the current version of AndroidX Test Orchestrator that is used in the environment. The package is available at https://maven.google.com/web/index.html#androidx.test:orchestrator.
-    &quot;orchestratorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A string representing the current version of Android Test Orchestrator that is used in the environment. The package is available at https://maven.google.com/web/index.html#com.android.support.test:orchestrator.
+    &quot;orchestratorVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Deprecated: Use AndroidX Test Orchestrator going forward. A string representing the current version of Android Test Orchestrator that is used in the environment. The package is available at https://maven.google.com/web/index.html#com.android.support.test:orchestrator.
   },
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
index f99e856..9fecaf9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobTemplates.html
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
           &quot;aqStrength&quot;: 3.14, # Specify the intensity of the adaptive quantizer (AQ). Must be between 0 and 1, where 0 disables the quantizer and 1 maximizes the quantizer. A higher value equals a lower bitrate but smoother image. The default is 0.
           &quot;bFrameCount&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive B-frames. Must be greater than or equal to zero. Must be less than `VideoStream.gop_frame_count` if set. The default is 0.
           &quot;bPyramid&quot;: True or False, # Allow B-pyramid for reference frame selection. This may not be supported on all decoders. The default is `false`.
-          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. Must be between 1 and 1,000,000,000.
+          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. The minimum value is 1,000. The maximum value for H264/H265 is 800,000,000. The maximum value for VP9 is 480,000,000.
           &quot;codec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Codec type. The following codecs are supported: * `h264` (default) * `h265` * `vp9`
           &quot;crfLevel&quot;: 42, # Target CRF level. Must be between 10 and 36, where 10 is the highest quality and 36 is the most efficient compression. The default is 21.
           &quot;enableTwoPass&quot;: True or False, # Use two-pass encoding strategy to achieve better video quality. `VideoStream.rate_control_mode` must be `&quot;vbr&quot;`. The default is `false`.
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@
           &quot;aqStrength&quot;: 3.14, # Specify the intensity of the adaptive quantizer (AQ). Must be between 0 and 1, where 0 disables the quantizer and 1 maximizes the quantizer. A higher value equals a lower bitrate but smoother image. The default is 0.
           &quot;bFrameCount&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive B-frames. Must be greater than or equal to zero. Must be less than `VideoStream.gop_frame_count` if set. The default is 0.
           &quot;bPyramid&quot;: True or False, # Allow B-pyramid for reference frame selection. This may not be supported on all decoders. The default is `false`.
-          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. Must be between 1 and 1,000,000,000.
+          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. The minimum value is 1,000. The maximum value for H264/H265 is 800,000,000. The maximum value for VP9 is 480,000,000.
           &quot;codec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Codec type. The following codecs are supported: * `h264` (default) * `h265` * `vp9`
           &quot;crfLevel&quot;: 42, # Target CRF level. Must be between 10 and 36, where 10 is the highest quality and 36 is the most efficient compression. The default is 21.
           &quot;enableTwoPass&quot;: True or False, # Use two-pass encoding strategy to achieve better video quality. `VideoStream.rate_control_mode` must be `&quot;vbr&quot;`. The default is `false`.
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
           &quot;aqStrength&quot;: 3.14, # Specify the intensity of the adaptive quantizer (AQ). Must be between 0 and 1, where 0 disables the quantizer and 1 maximizes the quantizer. A higher value equals a lower bitrate but smoother image. The default is 0.
           &quot;bFrameCount&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive B-frames. Must be greater than or equal to zero. Must be less than `VideoStream.gop_frame_count` if set. The default is 0.
           &quot;bPyramid&quot;: True or False, # Allow B-pyramid for reference frame selection. This may not be supported on all decoders. The default is `false`.
-          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. Must be between 1 and 1,000,000,000.
+          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. The minimum value is 1,000. The maximum value for H264/H265 is 800,000,000. The maximum value for VP9 is 480,000,000.
           &quot;codec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Codec type. The following codecs are supported: * `h264` (default) * `h265` * `vp9`
           &quot;crfLevel&quot;: 42, # Target CRF level. Must be between 10 and 36, where 10 is the highest quality and 36 is the most efficient compression. The default is 21.
           &quot;enableTwoPass&quot;: True or False, # Use two-pass encoding strategy to achieve better video quality. `VideoStream.rate_control_mode` must be `&quot;vbr&quot;`. The default is `false`.
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
               &quot;aqStrength&quot;: 3.14, # Specify the intensity of the adaptive quantizer (AQ). Must be between 0 and 1, where 0 disables the quantizer and 1 maximizes the quantizer. A higher value equals a lower bitrate but smoother image. The default is 0.
               &quot;bFrameCount&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive B-frames. Must be greater than or equal to zero. Must be less than `VideoStream.gop_frame_count` if set. The default is 0.
               &quot;bPyramid&quot;: True or False, # Allow B-pyramid for reference frame selection. This may not be supported on all decoders. The default is `false`.
-              &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. Must be between 1 and 1,000,000,000.
+              &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. The minimum value is 1,000. The maximum value for H264/H265 is 800,000,000. The maximum value for VP9 is 480,000,000.
               &quot;codec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Codec type. The following codecs are supported: * `h264` (default) * `h265` * `vp9`
               &quot;crfLevel&quot;: 42, # Target CRF level. Must be between 10 and 36, where 10 is the highest quality and 36 is the most efficient compression. The default is 21.
               &quot;enableTwoPass&quot;: True or False, # Use two-pass encoding strategy to achieve better video quality. `VideoStream.rate_control_mode` must be `&quot;vbr&quot;`. The default is `false`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
index bb10346..d667648 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/transcoder_v1beta1.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@
           &quot;aqStrength&quot;: 3.14, # Specify the intensity of the adaptive quantizer (AQ). Must be between 0 and 1, where 0 disables the quantizer and 1 maximizes the quantizer. A higher value equals a lower bitrate but smoother image. The default is 0.
           &quot;bFrameCount&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive B-frames. Must be greater than or equal to zero. Must be less than `VideoStream.gop_frame_count` if set. The default is 0.
           &quot;bPyramid&quot;: True or False, # Allow B-pyramid for reference frame selection. This may not be supported on all decoders. The default is `false`.
-          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. Must be between 1 and 1,000,000,000.
+          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. The minimum value is 1,000. The maximum value for H264/H265 is 800,000,000. The maximum value for VP9 is 480,000,000.
           &quot;codec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Codec type. The following codecs are supported: * `h264` (default) * `h265` * `vp9`
           &quot;crfLevel&quot;: 42, # Target CRF level. Must be between 10 and 36, where 10 is the highest quality and 36 is the most efficient compression. The default is 21.
           &quot;enableTwoPass&quot;: True or False, # Use two-pass encoding strategy to achieve better video quality. `VideoStream.rate_control_mode` must be `&quot;vbr&quot;`. The default is `false`.
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
           &quot;aqStrength&quot;: 3.14, # Specify the intensity of the adaptive quantizer (AQ). Must be between 0 and 1, where 0 disables the quantizer and 1 maximizes the quantizer. A higher value equals a lower bitrate but smoother image. The default is 0.
           &quot;bFrameCount&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive B-frames. Must be greater than or equal to zero. Must be less than `VideoStream.gop_frame_count` if set. The default is 0.
           &quot;bPyramid&quot;: True or False, # Allow B-pyramid for reference frame selection. This may not be supported on all decoders. The default is `false`.
-          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. Must be between 1 and 1,000,000,000.
+          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. The minimum value is 1,000. The maximum value for H264/H265 is 800,000,000. The maximum value for VP9 is 480,000,000.
           &quot;codec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Codec type. The following codecs are supported: * `h264` (default) * `h265` * `vp9`
           &quot;crfLevel&quot;: 42, # Target CRF level. Must be between 10 and 36, where 10 is the highest quality and 36 is the most efficient compression. The default is 21.
           &quot;enableTwoPass&quot;: True or False, # Use two-pass encoding strategy to achieve better video quality. `VideoStream.rate_control_mode` must be `&quot;vbr&quot;`. The default is `false`.
@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@
           &quot;aqStrength&quot;: 3.14, # Specify the intensity of the adaptive quantizer (AQ). Must be between 0 and 1, where 0 disables the quantizer and 1 maximizes the quantizer. A higher value equals a lower bitrate but smoother image. The default is 0.
           &quot;bFrameCount&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive B-frames. Must be greater than or equal to zero. Must be less than `VideoStream.gop_frame_count` if set. The default is 0.
           &quot;bPyramid&quot;: True or False, # Allow B-pyramid for reference frame selection. This may not be supported on all decoders. The default is `false`.
-          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. Must be between 1 and 1,000,000,000.
+          &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. The minimum value is 1,000. The maximum value for H264/H265 is 800,000,000. The maximum value for VP9 is 480,000,000.
           &quot;codec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Codec type. The following codecs are supported: * `h264` (default) * `h265` * `vp9`
           &quot;crfLevel&quot;: 42, # Target CRF level. Must be between 10 and 36, where 10 is the highest quality and 36 is the most efficient compression. The default is 21.
           &quot;enableTwoPass&quot;: True or False, # Use two-pass encoding strategy to achieve better video quality. `VideoStream.rate_control_mode` must be `&quot;vbr&quot;`. The default is `false`.
@@ -971,7 +971,7 @@
               &quot;aqStrength&quot;: 3.14, # Specify the intensity of the adaptive quantizer (AQ). Must be between 0 and 1, where 0 disables the quantizer and 1 maximizes the quantizer. A higher value equals a lower bitrate but smoother image. The default is 0.
               &quot;bFrameCount&quot;: 42, # The number of consecutive B-frames. Must be greater than or equal to zero. Must be less than `VideoStream.gop_frame_count` if set. The default is 0.
               &quot;bPyramid&quot;: True or False, # Allow B-pyramid for reference frame selection. This may not be supported on all decoders. The default is `false`.
-              &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. Must be between 1 and 1,000,000,000.
+              &quot;bitrateBps&quot;: 42, # Required. The video bitrate in bits per second. The minimum value is 1,000. The maximum value for H264/H265 is 800,000,000. The maximum value for VP9 is 480,000,000.
               &quot;codec&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Codec type. The following codecs are supported: * `h264` (default) * `h265` * `vp9`
               &quot;crfLevel&quot;: 42, # Target CRF level. Must be between 10 and 36, where 10 is the highest quality and 36 is the most efficient compression. The default is 21.
               &quot;enableTwoPass&quot;: True or False, # Use two-pass encoding strategy to achieve better video quality. `VideoStream.rate_control_mode` must be `&quot;vbr&quot;`. The default is `false`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
index 3d44df6..7a80c9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1.projects.locations.workflows.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}
   &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the latest revision of the workflow was created.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision of the workflow. A new revision of a workflow is created as a result of updating the following properties of a workflow: - Service account - Workflow code to be executed The format is &quot;000001-a4d&quot;, where the first 6 characters define the zero-padded revision ordinal number. They are followed by a hyphen and 3 hexadecimal random characters.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} or {account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` or not providing one at all will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
   &quot;sourceContents&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Workflow code to be executed. The size limit is 128KB.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the workflow deployment.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the workflow.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}
   &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the latest revision of the workflow was created.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision of the workflow. A new revision of a workflow is created as a result of updating the following properties of a workflow: - Service account - Workflow code to be executed The format is &quot;000001-a4d&quot;, where the first 6 characters define the zero-padded revision ordinal number. They are followed by a hyphen and 3 hexadecimal random characters.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} or {account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` or not providing one at all will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
   &quot;sourceContents&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Workflow code to be executed. The size limit is 128KB.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the workflow deployment.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the workflow.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}
       &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the latest revision of the workflow was created.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision of the workflow. A new revision of a workflow is created as a result of updating the following properties of a workflow: - Service account - Workflow code to be executed The format is &quot;000001-a4d&quot;, where the first 6 characters define the zero-padded revision ordinal number. They are followed by a hyphen and 3 hexadecimal random characters.
-      &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
+      &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} or {account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` or not providing one at all will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
       &quot;sourceContents&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Workflow code to be executed. The size limit is 128KB.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the workflow deployment.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the workflow.
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}
   &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the latest revision of the workflow was created.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision of the workflow. A new revision of a workflow is created as a result of updating the following properties of a workflow: - Service account - Workflow code to be executed The format is &quot;000001-a4d&quot;, where the first 6 characters define the zero-padded revision ordinal number. They are followed by a hyphen and 3 hexadecimal random characters.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} or {account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` or not providing one at all will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
   &quot;sourceContents&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Workflow code to be executed. The size limit is 128KB.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the workflow deployment.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the workflow.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1beta.projects.locations.workflows.html b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1beta.projects.locations.workflows.html
index 3da00aa..95d161e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/workflows_v1beta.projects.locations.workflows.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/workflows_v1beta.projects.locations.workflows.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}
   &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the latest revision of the workflow was created.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision of the workflow. A new revision of a workflow is created as a result of updating the following properties of a workflow: - Service account - Workflow code to be executed The format is &quot;000001-a4d&quot;, where the first 6 characters define the zero-padded revision ordinal number. They are followed by a hyphen and 3 hexadecimal random characters.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} or {account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` or not providing one at all will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
   &quot;sourceContents&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Workflow code to be executed. The size limit is 128KB.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the workflow deployment.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the workflow.
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}
   &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the latest revision of the workflow was created.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision of the workflow. A new revision of a workflow is created as a result of updating the following properties of a workflow: - Service account - Workflow code to be executed The format is &quot;000001-a4d&quot;, where the first 6 characters define the zero-padded revision ordinal number. They are followed by a hyphen and 3 hexadecimal random characters.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} or {account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` or not providing one at all will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
   &quot;sourceContents&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Workflow code to be executed. The size limit is 128KB.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the workflow deployment.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the workflow.
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}
       &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the latest revision of the workflow was created.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision of the workflow. A new revision of a workflow is created as a result of updating the following properties of a workflow: - Service account - Workflow code to be executed The format is &quot;000001-a4d&quot;, where the first 6 characters define the zero-padded revision ordinal number. They are followed by a hyphen and 3 hexadecimal random characters.
-      &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
+      &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} or {account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` or not providing one at all will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
       &quot;sourceContents&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Workflow code to be executed. The size limit is 128KB.
       &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the workflow deployment.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the workflow.
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workflow. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workflows/{workflow}
   &quot;revisionCreateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The timestamp that the latest revision of the workflow was created.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision of the workflow. A new revision of a workflow is created as a result of updating the following properties of a workflow: - Service account - Workflow code to be executed The format is &quot;000001-a4d&quot;, where the first 6 characters define the zero-padded revision ordinal number. They are followed by a hyphen and 3 hexadecimal random characters.
-  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
+  &quot;serviceAccount&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The service account associated with the latest workflow version. This service account represents the identity of the workflow and determines what permissions the workflow has. Format: projects/{project}/serviceAccounts/{account} or {account} Using `-` as a wildcard for the `{project}` or not providing one at all will infer the project from the account. The `{account}` value can be the `email` address or the `unique_id` of the service account. If not provided, workflow will use the project&#x27;s default service account. Modifying this field for an existing workflow results in a new workflow revision.
   &quot;sourceContents&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Workflow code to be executed. The size limit is 128KB.
   &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. State of the workflow deployment.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last update timestamp of the workflow.